巴拉基咖篇注疏(第一部分)
Pārājikakaṇḍa-aṭṭhakathā (paṭhamo bhāgo)
绳结起始之说。
Ganthārambhakathā
具足无量劫亦难穷尽的功德
于漫长时节中行极难行之行
为利益世间而不辞劳苦的依怙
礼敬大慈悲者。
那未觉悟者所敬奉的佛陀;
众生世间流转于诸有;
礼敬那能摧破无明等烦恼网
彼法的清净光辉,定将其破除毁灭。
具足戒、定、慧诸功德者,
具足解脱智等功德
是希求福德者之良田
我以头面礼彼圣众
正是这样,应当生起至诚的恭敬心;
礼敬殊胜的三宝,
即获得广大无量的功德聚。
安住其境时,教法于不坚定者未立;
于善安住者,即得安立。
复次,承诸前代师长所传之教示,
以智慧之水涤除垢秽
具足清净智慧与无碍解
善巧解说正法者
犹如精细的工笔图画,实为难得;
如大寺那高扬的幢幡一般,
此律以诸正理与条理,已作阐明。
以心追随正自觉者的殊胜传承,
由师子洲的明灯所注释;
然而此语句,因是造作而成,
不蕴含任何外在之义。
今当开始作释;
应名为佛吉祥者之劝请;
如理忆念长老。
他便着手进行详细的注释;
构筑了那部大注疏的纲要;
同样撰成了《大筏注》。
长老比丘,以及新学与中辈比丘亦然
此为显扬法灯的如来之教法
恭敬护持正法者
世尊所宣说的,是法与律。
于一切学处中具足恭敬,
因为这是智者于此处的准则;
然后舍弃纷繁的言辞。
将详尽的论述加以略说,
一切抉择悉皆除尽,
于传承次第未曾有丝毫偏离。
阐明经中所说之义;
依循经意加以详释;
因此,此处的阐述也将成为对经文的注释。
Yo kappakoṭīhipi appameyyaṃ; Kālaṃ karonto atidukkarāni; Khedaṃ gato lokahitāya nātho; Namo mahākāruṇikassa tassa. Asambudhaṃ buddhanisevitaṃ yaṃ; Bhavābhavaṃ gacchati jīvaloko; Namo avijjādikilesajāla- Viddhaṃsino dhammavarassa tassa. Guṇehi yo sīlasamādhipaññā- Vimuttiñāṇappabhutīhi yutto; Khettaṃ janānaṃ kusalatthikānaṃ; Tamariyasaṅghaṃ sirasā namāmi. Iccevamaccantanamassaneyyaṃ; Namassamāno ratanattayaṃ yaṃ; Puññābhisandaṃ vipulaṃ alatthaṃ; Tassānubhāvena hatantarāyo. Yasmiṃ ṭhite sāsanamaṭṭhitassa; Patiṭṭhitaṃ hoti susaṇṭhitassa; Taṃ vaṇṇayissaṃ vinayaṃ amissaṃ; Nissāya pubbācariyānubhāvaṃ. Kāmañca pubbācariyāsabhehi; Ñāṇambuniddhotamalāsavehi; Visuddhavijjāpaṭisambhidehi ; Saddhammasaṃvaṇṇanakovidehi. Sallekhiye nosulabhūpamehi; Mahāvihārassa dhajūpamehi; Saṃvaṇṇitoyaṃ vinayo nayehi; Cittehi sambuddhavaranvayehi. Saṃvaṇṇanā sīhaḷadīpakena; Vākyena esā pana saṅkhatattā; Na kiñci atthaṃ abhisambhuṇāti; Dīpantare bhikkhujanassa yasmā. Tasmā imaṃ pāḷinayānurūpaṃ; Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ dāni samārabhissaṃ; Ajjhesanaṃ buddhasirivhayassa; Therassa sammā samanussaranto. Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ tañca samārabhanto; Tassā mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ sarīraṃ; Katvā mahāpaccariyaṃ tatheva; Kurundināmādisu vissutāsu. Vinicchayo aṭṭhakathāsu vutto; Yo yuttamatthaṃ apariccajanto; Tatopi antogadhatheravādaṃ; Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ samma samārabhissaṃ. Taṃ me nisāmentu pasannacittā; Therā ca bhikkhū navamajjhimā ca; Dhammappadīpassa tathāgatassa; Sakkacca dhammaṃ patimānayantā. Buddhena dhammo vinayo ca vutto; Yo tassa puttehi tatheva ñāto; So yehi tesaṃ matimaccajantā; Yasmā pure aṭṭhakathā akaṃsu. Tasmā hi yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ; Taṃ vajjayitvāna pamādalekhaṃ; Sabbampi sikkhāsu sagāravānaṃ; Yasmā pamāṇaṃ idha paṇḍitānaṃ. Tato ca bhāsantarameva hitvā; Vitthāramaggañca samāsayitvā; Vinicchayaṃ sabbamasesayitvā; Tantikkamaṃ kiñci avokkamitvā. Suttantikānaṃ vacanānamatthaṃ; Suttānurūpaṃ paridīpayantī; Yasmā ayaṃ hessati vaṇṇanāpi; Sakkacca tasmā anusikkhitabbāti.
外因缘谭
Bāhiranidānakathā
于此,因有“我将解说其律”一语,故先应界定“律”。因此这样说:“此处所说的律,意指整部律藏。”为注释其义,今列论母如下:
Tattha taṃ vaṇṇayissaṃ vinayanti vuttattā vinayo tāva vavatthapetabbo. Tenetaṃ vuccati – ‘‘vinayo nāma idha sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ adhippeta’’nti. Saṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ panassa ayaṃ mātikā –
所说者,为说明何时、因何、由何人持来与护持;
并阐明此法依何义而安立,如是宣说后,再制定规定;
因此,‘以此’等开头章句的意义,可从多种角度来说明。
Vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ; Yatthappatiṭṭhitacetametaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tato. Tenātiādipāṭhassa, atthaṃ nānappakārato; Dassayanto karissāmi, vinayassatthavaṇṇananti.
其中,‘由谁、于何时、因何缘’这句话,是针对‘一时,佛世尊住婆罗门城’等起始语而说。因为这句话并非佛世尊亲口所说,所以需要说明:‘这句话由谁所说?于何时所说?又因何缘而说?’它是由具寿优波离长老所说,并在第一次大结集时诵出。
Tattha vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmāti idaṃ tāva vacanaṃ ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti evamādivacanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Idañhi buddhassa bhagavato attapaccakkhavacanaṃ na hoti, tasmā vattabbametaṃ ‘‘idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttaṃ, kadā vuttaṃ, kasmā ca vutta’’nti? Āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ, tañca pana paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle.
第一次大结集之说
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā
所谓‘第一次大结集’,虽然其事已载于《五百结集犍度》中,但为了彰显此处的缘起之巧妙,也应以同样的方式来了知。从初转法轮开始,直到调伏游方者须跋陀罗,佛所应作之事皆已完毕。于毗舍佉月圆之日,夜分黎明,在拘尸那罗附近末罗族之沙罗树林的力士生地,两株并生的沙罗树间,世尊入无余依涅槃界。当世间之宝——佛陀灭度时,有五百比丘众集会一处,其中,具寿大迦叶长老于佛灭七日后,因老年出家的须跋陀罗长老说了这样的话:‘够了,诸位贤友!莫忧愁,莫哀泣。我们已彻底脱离那位大沙门的管束,他总说:“这事你应当做,这事你不应当做。”如今,我们想做什么就做什么,不想做什么就不做什么。’以此因缘,思惟‘有恶性比丘以为大师已灭,便可肆意违犯。当正法面临迅速湮没的危险时,应趁非法尚未炽盛、正法尚未湮没之际,将法、律结集起来’,于是,为结集法与律而集会。基于那位长老所说:‘阿难!我所说的法与律,在我灭后,便是你们的导师。’
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma cesā kiñcāpi pañcasatikasaṅgītikkhandhake vuttā, nidānakosallatthaṃ pana idhāpi iminā nayena veditabbā. Dhammacakkappavattanañhi ādiṃ katvā yāva subhaddaparibbājakavinayanā katabuddhakicce kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane yamakasālānamantare visākhapuṇṇamadivase paccūsasamaye anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbute bhagavati lokanāthe, bhagavato parinibbāne sannipatitānaṃ sattannaṃ bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ saṅghatthero āyasmā mahākassapo sattāhaparinibbute bhagavati, subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena; upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti! Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma na taṃ karissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 437; dī. ni. 2.232) vuttavacanamanussaranto ‘‘ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ pāpabhikkhū atītasatthukaṃ pāvacananti maññamānā pakkhaṃ labhitvā nacirasseva saddhammaṃ antaradhāpeyyuṃ, yāva ca dhammavinayo tiṭṭhati tāva anatītasatthukameva pāvacanaṃ hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
阿难,我所教导、所制定的法与律,在我般涅槃后,就是你们的老师。
‘Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto , so vo mamaccayena satthā’ti (dī. ni. 2.216).
我应当结集法与律,以使此教法久住世间,长久流传。
‘‘Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyaṃ, yathayidaṃ sāsanaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ.
而我由世尊……
Yaṃ cāhaṃ bhagavatā –
“大迦叶,你当持守我的粗麻衣、粪扫衣与敝旧衣。”
‘Dhāressasi pana me tvaṃ, kassapa, sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānī’ti vatvā cīvare sādhāraṇaparibhogena ceva,
“诸比丘,我若欲求,便能离欲……乃至……具足初禅而住;诸比丘,迦叶若欲求,亦能离欲……乃至……具足初禅而住。”
‘Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’ti –
以如这些方式,通过将九种次第住、六神通等上人法置于与自己同等的地位而加以摄受,对他而言,还有什么恩惠可言?他心中思惟:“世尊岂不如同国王,以赐予自己的铠甲与自在,将那个能确立家族传承的儿子,看作‘他将成为我正法传承的确立者’,而以此不共的摄受来摄受我吗?”如此思惟已,为结集法与律,他策励诸比丘精进。正如所说——
Evamādinā nayena navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññāppabhede uttarimanussadhamme attanā samasamaṭṭhapanena ca anuggahito, tassa kimaññaṃ āṇaṇyaṃ bhavissati; nanu maṃ bhagavā rājā viya sakakavacaissariyānuppadānena attano kulavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpakaṃ puttaṃ ‘saddhammavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpako me ayaṃ bhavissatī’ti mantvā iminā asādhāraṇena anuggahena anuggahesī’’ti cintayanto dhammavinayasaṅgāyanatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesi. Yathāha –
于是,尊者大迦叶对比丘们说:“贤友们,一次,我与约五百位比丘组成的大比丘僧团,正走在从波婆前往拘尸那罗的旅途中……”(长部·2.231)这整篇须跋陀品的内容皆应详细了知。
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘ekamidāhaṃ, āvuso, samayaṃ pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.231) sabbaṃ subhaddakaṇḍaṃ vitthārato veditabbaṃ.
其后又说:
Tato paraṃ āha –
“贤友们,让我们来结集法与律吧。莫等到非法彰显而法被遮蔽,莫等到非律彰显而律被遮蔽,莫等到持非法者强盛而说法者羸弱,莫等到持非律者强盛而说律者羸弱。”(小品·437)
‘‘Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma. Pure adhammo dippati, dhammo paṭibāhiyyati; avinayo dippati, vinayo paṭibāhiyyati. Pure adhammavādino balavanto honti, dhammavādino dubbalā honti; avinayavādino balavanto honti, vinayavādino dubbalā hontī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
比丘们说:“既如此,尊者,便请长老来遴选比丘吧。”长老排除了数百、数千位通达全部九分教的凡夫、须陀洹、斯陀含、阿那含,以及干观漏尽比丘,只选取了四百九十九位——他们通达三藏一切教法分类,具足无碍解,有大威神力,大多是被世尊置于首位的、具足三明等诸般功德的漏尽比丘。正是针对他们,经中这样说:“于是,具寿大迦叶选取了四百九十九位阿拉汉。”(《小品》·437)
Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘tena hi, bhante, thero bhikkhū uccinatū’’ti. Thero sakalanavaṅgasatthusāsanapariyattidhare puthujjana-sotāpanna-sakadāgāmi-anāgāmi-sukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavabhikkhū anekasate anekasahasse ca vajjetvā tipiṭakasabbapariyattippabhedadhare paṭisambhidāppatte mahānubhāve yebhuyyena bhagavatā etadaggaṃ āropite tevijjādibhede khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva ekūnapañcasate pariggahesi. Ye sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo ekenūnāpañcaarahantasatāni uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
那么,长老为什么少选一位呢?是为了给具寿阿难尊者留下位置。因为有他参与不行,没有他参与也不行,都无法举办法的结集。这位具寿尚在有学,仍有应作之事,因此有他参与便无法举行;然而,十力所宣说的修多罗、祇夜等一切教法,他没有一样不是从世尊面前亲自领受的,因此没有他也无法举行。既是如此,即使仍为有学,由于对法结集有大利益,长老也理应选取他。那为何不选呢?是为了避免他人的讥嫌。长老对具寿阿难极为信任,即便他头上已生白发,仍以“这童子还不懂事”(《相应部》2·154)这样的童子之语教导他。再者,这位具寿出身释迦族,是如来叔父之子。在这种情形下,比丘们或许会认为这是出于偏爱,而讥嫌道:“长老撇开了众多具足无学无碍解的比丘,却选取了只有有学无碍解的阿难。”为了避开此种讥嫌,长老心想:“没有阿难便无法举行结集,我将凭着比丘们自己的同意来选取他。”因此,他才没有选取。
Kissa pana thero ekenūnamakāsīti? Āyasmato ānandattherassa okāsakaraṇatthaṃ. Tena hāyasmatā sahāpi vināpi na sakkā dhammasaṅgīti kātuṃ, so hāyasmā sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tasmā sahāpi na sakkā; yasmā panassa kiñci dasabaladesitaṃ suttageyyādikaṃ bhagavato asammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā vināpi na sakkā. Yadi evaṃ sekkhopi samāno dhammasaṅgītiyā bahukārattā therena uccinitabbo assa. Atha kasmā na uccinitoti ? Parūpavādavivajjanato. Thero hi āyasmante ānande ativiya vissattho ahosi, tathā hi naṃ sirasmiṃ palitesu jātesupi ‘‘na vāyaṃ kumārako mattamaññāsī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) kumārakavādena ovadati. Sakyakulappasuto cāyaṃ āyasmā tathāgatassa bhātā cūḷapituputto. Tatra hi bhikkhū chandāgamanaṃ viya maññamānā ‘‘bahū asekkhapaṭisambhidāppatte bhikkhū ṭhapetvā ānandaṃ sekkhapaṭisambhidāppattaṃ thero uccinī’’ti upavadeyyuṃ, taṃ parūpavādaṃ parivajjento ‘‘ānandaṃ vinā saṅgīti na sakkā kātuṃ, bhikkhūnaṃyeva anumatiyā gahessāmī’’ti na uccini.
于是,比丘们主动为阿难尊者向长老请求。恰如经中所说:
Atha sayameva bhikkhū ānandassatthāya theraṃ yāciṃsu. Yathāha –
比丘们对具寿大迦叶说:“尊者,这位具寿阿难虽是有学,却不会因贪欲、瞋恚、愚痴、恐惧而堕入非道,而且他在世尊面前广学了多少法、多少律啊。既然如此,尊者,就请长老也选取具寿阿难吧。”于是,具寿大迦叶便也选取了具寿阿难。
‘‘Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā ānando kiñcāpi sekkho abhabbo chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ, bahu cānena bhagavato santike dhammo ca vinayo ca pariyatto; tena hi, bhante, thero āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinatū’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
就这样,经比丘们同意而选出的这位具寿,连同他一起,共有五百位长老。
Evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā uccinitena tenāyasmatā saddhiṃ pañca therasatāni ahesuṃ.
于是,长老比丘们心中思量:“我们究竟在哪里结集法与律呢?”接着,长老比丘们这样决定:“王舍城范围广大,住处众多。我们何不在王舍城入雨安居,一边结集法与律,并规定其他比丘不得在王舍城入雨安居?”他们为何这样决定呢?“这是我们的重大事业,若有异见者混入僧团之中,恐怕会带来破坏。”于是,具寿大迦叶即以白二甘马宣布了此事,详情应如《结集犍度》中所说而了知。
Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho mayaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘rājagahaṃ kho mahāgocaraṃ pahūtasenāsanaṃ, yaṃnūna mayaṃ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma, na aññe bhikkhū rājagahe vassaṃ upagaccheyyu’’nti. Kasmā pana nesaṃ etadahosi? Idaṃ amhākaṃ thāvarakammaṃ, koci visabhāgapuggalo saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā ukkoṭeyyāti. Athāyasmā mahākassapo ñattidutiyena kammena sāvesi, taṃ saṅgītikkhandhake vuttanayeneva ñātabbaṃ.
如来般涅槃后,七日善作嬉戏与七日舍利供养等日已过,大迦叶长老心想:‘半月已过,夏季尚余一个半月,雨安居将至。’便说:‘贤友们,我们前往王舍城吧。’于是率领半数比丘僧团取一条路而去。阿那律长老也率领半数取另一条路。阿难长老则持着世尊的衣钵,在比丘众的围绕下前往舍卫城,其后欲往王舍城,便从舍卫城出发游行。阿难长老所到之处,皆生大悲泣:‘阿难尊者,您将导师安置于何处而来?’当长老们渐次抵达舍卫城时,如同世尊般涅槃之日,又兴起了大悲泣。
Atha tathāgatassa parinibbānato sattasu sādhukīḷanadivasesu sattasu ca dhātupūjādivasesu vītivattesu ‘‘aḍḍhamāso atikkanto, idāni gimhānaṃ diyaḍḍho māso seso, upakaṭṭhā vassūpanāyikā’’ti mantvā mahākassapatthero ‘‘rājagahaṃ, āvuso, gacchāmā’’ti upaḍḍhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato. Anuruddhattheropi upaḍḍhaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato. Ānandatthero pana bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto sāvatthiṃ gantvā rājagahaṃ gantukāmo yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Ānandattherena gatagataṭṭhāne mahāparidevo ahosi – ‘‘bhante ānanda, kuhiṃ satthāraṃ ṭhapetvā āgatosī’’ti . Anupubbena pana sāvatthiṃ anuppatte there bhagavato parinibbānadivase viya mahāparidevo ahosi.
在那里,尊者阿难以无常等相关的法语开示,令大众信受后,进入祇园,推开十力所住香室的门,将床座搬出、拍打除尘,清扫香室,丢弃枯萎的花鬘与垃圾,再将床座搬回原处安置,一如世尊在世之时,完成了所有应作的义务。此后,长老自世尊般涅槃以来,因久立久坐过甚,体内诸界积聚,为调理身体,于次日饮用牛乳泻药,便在精舍中安坐。关于此事,他对善贤婆罗门派来的青年说了这样一番话——
Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā ānando aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya taṃ mahājanaṃ saññāpetvā jetavanaṃ pavisitvā dasabalena vasitagandhakuṭiyā dvāraṃ vivaritvā mañcapīṭhaṃ nīharitvā papphoṭetvā gandhakuṭiṃ sammajjitvā milātamālākacavaraṃ chaḍḍetvā mañcapīṭhaṃ atiharitvā puna yathāṭhāne ṭhapetvā bhagavato ṭhitakāle karaṇīyaṃ vattaṃ sabbamakāsi. Atha thero bhagavato parinibbānato pabhuti ṭhānanisajjabahulattā ussannadhātukaṃ kāyaṃ samassāsetuṃ dutiyadivase khīravirecanaṃ pivitvā vihāreyeva nisīdi. Yaṃ sandhāya subhena māṇavena pahitaṃ māṇavakaṃ etadavoca –
“年轻婆罗门,现在不是时候,我今天服用了一些药物,也许明天可以前来拜访。”
‘‘Akālo kho, māṇavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamattā pītā, appeva nāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāmā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.447).
第二日,以策陀长老为随行沙门,一同前往。应善贤青年所问,宣说了《长部》中第十部经——《善贤经》。
Dutiyadivase cetakattherena pacchāsamaṇena gantvā subhena māṇavena puṭṭho dīghanikāye subhasuttaṃnāma dasamaṃ suttamabhāsi.
接着,长老在祇园精舍令人修葺了破损处后,于雨安居临近时,往王舍城而去。同样,大迦叶长老与阿那律长老亦带领全体比丘僧团前往王舍城。
Atha thero jetavanavihāre khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ kārāpetvā upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya rājagahaṃ gato. Tathā mahākassapatthero anuruddhatthero ca sabbaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gahetvā rājagahameva gato.
尔时,王舍城中原本有十八座大寺院,此时全都荒弃零落、污秽不堪。世尊般涅槃时,众比丘各自持了自己的衣钵,便将寺院与精舍弃之而去。于是,长老们为恭敬世尊的教法,也为消除外道的讥嫌,便作意道:“第一个月,我们先修补破损。”其意为,若不作此思惟,外道或会如此说:“沙门乔达摩的弟子们,导师在世时尚且修葺寺院,导师涅槃之后,便舍弃不顾了。”为了防止这类讥嫌而这样思惟,这便是经中所说的意思。经中又言:
Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārā honti. Te sabbepi chaḍḍitapatitauklāpā ahesuṃ. Bhagavato hi parinibbāne sabbe bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vihāre ca pariveṇe ca chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu. Tattha therā bhagavato vacanapūjanatthaṃ titthiyavādaparimocanatthañca ‘‘paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karomā’’ti cintesuṃ. Titthiyā hi evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā satthari ṭhiteyeva vihāre paṭijaggiṃsu, parinibbute chaḍḍesu’’nti. Tesaṃ vādaparimocanatthañca cintesunti vuttaṃ hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ –
那时,长老比丘们心想:“贤友们,世尊曾赞叹修葺破损。来吧,贤友们,我们第一个月修葺破损,第二个月集会,进行法与律的结集。”
‘‘Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘bhagavatā kho, āvuso, khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karoma, majjhimaṃ māsaṃ sannipatitvā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 438).
第二日,他们前往王宫,立于宫门之前。阿阇世王前来顶礼后问道:“诸位尊者,为何而来?”询问有何事务应当做。长老们便告知为修葺十八座大寺院所需的人力。国王应允:“好的,尊者。”随即派遣工人。长老们在第一个月将一切寺院修葺完毕,便禀告国王:“大王,寺院已修葺完毕。现在我们要进行法与律的结集。”国王说:“善哉,尊者。请放心去做。让我的权力之轮与你们的法轮一同运转吧。请吩咐,尊者,我该做什么?”长老们说:“大王,需要一处结集比丘僧伽的集会处。”国王问:“尊者,应在何处建造?”长老们指示:“大王,在毗婆罗山侧、七叶窟前建造,最为合适。”国王阿阇世应允:“好的,尊者。”便建造了一座殿堂,如同毗首羯磨天所化现一般,墙壁、柱阶分布精妙,饰以种种花鬘、藤蔓图案;其辉煌超越王宫,庄严凌驾天宫,犹如吉祥的居所,悦意的景观,集一切可观之美于一体,令天人与凡鸟都赏心悦目。又以种种花鬘垂饰、悬垂的华美顶盖,并以如宝石镶嵌珠宝地面般的各种散花供奉,装饰得极为精美,如同梵天宫殿般庄严。在那座大殿堂中,为五百位比丘铺设了五百张无价的如法坐具,并在南侧朝北为长老设置了座席。
Te dutiyadivase gantvā rājadvāre aṭṭhaṃsu. Ajātasattu rājā āgantvā vanditvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, āgatatthā’’ti attanā kattabbakiccaṃ paṭipucchi. Therā aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya hatthakammaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā hatthakammakārake manusse adāsi. Therā paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ sabbavihāre paṭisaṅkharāpetvā rañño ārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, vihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ. Idāni dhammavinayasaṅgahaṃ karomā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante, vissatthā karotha. Mayhaṃ āṇācakkaṃ, tumhākaṃ dhammacakkaṃ hotu. Āṇāpetha, bhante, kiṃ karomī’’ti? ‘‘Saṅgahaṃ karontānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannisajjaṭṭhānaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kattha karomi, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇiguhādvāre kātuṃ yuttaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho rājā ajātasattu vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ suvibhattabhittitthambhasopānaṃ nānāvidhamālākammalataākammavicittaṃ abhibhavantamiva rājabhavanavibhūtiṃ avahasantamiva devavimānasiriṃ siriyā niketamiva ekanipātatitthamiva ca devamanussanayanavihaṅgānaṃ lokarāmaṇeyyakamiva sampiṇḍitaṃ daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā vividhakusumadāma-olambaka-viniggalantacāruvitānaṃ ratanavicittamaṇikoṭṭimatalamiva ca naṃ nānāpupphūpahāravicittasupariniṭṭhitabhūmikammaṃ brahmavimānasadisaṃ alaṅkaritvā tasmiṃ mahāmaṇḍape pañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anagghāni pañca kappiyapaccattharaṇasatāni paññāpetvā dakkhiṇabhāgaṃ nissāya uttarābhimukhaṃ therāsanaṃ maṇḍapamajjhe puratthābhimukhaṃ buddhassa bhagavato āsanārahaṃ dhammāsanaṃ paññāpetvā dantakhacitaṃ bījaniñcettha ṭhapetvā bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocāpesi – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, mama kicca’’nti.
然而,在那时,有些比丘针对尊者阿难这样说:“在这比丘僧团中,有一位比丘身上带着异味到处走动。”尊者阿难听后,心想:“在这比丘僧团中,并没有其他身上带着异味到处走动的比丘,他们肯定是在说我。”于是生起了悚惧感。又有比丘对尊者阿难说:“贤友,明天就是集会,而你还是一位有学,尚有应修之事,因此你不适合参加集会,应当精进不放逸。”
Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sandhāya evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe eko bhikkhu vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaratī’’ti. Thero taṃ sutvā ‘‘imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe añño vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaraṇakabhikkhu nāma natthi, addhā ete maṃ sandhāya vadantī’’ti saṃvegaṃ āpajji. Ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘sve, āvuso, sannipāto tvañca sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tena te na yuttaṃ sannipātaṃ gantuṃ, appamatto hohī’’ti.
那时,尊者阿难心想:‘明日便是结集,而我还是有学,若以有学之身前往结集,实不相宜。’于是,他用了大半夜修习身至念。到了后夜时分,他从经行处下来,进入精舍,心想:‘我略躺一下。’便将身体倾向床座。就在双足刚离地面、头尚未触及枕头的刹那之间,心便无取执而从诸漏中解脱。原来,这位尊者到户外经行后,尚未证得出世殊胜境界,便自思惟:‘世尊不是曾对我说:“阿难,你已积有福德,当勤策励,不久必成无漏”吗?诸佛所言,绝无虚谬。我的精进过于猛厉,由此引发内心掉举。好吧,如今我应令精进平衡。’于是他走下经行处,在洗脚处净足,进入精舍,坐于床上,心想:‘略作休整。’便将身体靠向床铺。就在双足刚离地面、头尚未触枕的刹那之间,心便无取执而从诸漏解脱。尊者是在不属行住坐卧四威仪的状态下证得阿罗汉的。因此,在这一教法中,若问:‘哪位比丘不是在躺卧、安坐、站立、经行之中证得阿罗汉的?’可说:‘是尊者阿难。’
Atha kho āyasmā ānando – ‘‘sve sannipāto, na kho pana metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ sekkho samāno sannipātaṃ gaccheyya’’nti bahudeva rattiṃ kāyagatāyasatiyā vītināmetvā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā ‘‘nipajjissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ āvajjesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, appattañca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Ayañhi āyasmā caṅkamena bahi vītināmetvā visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ asakkonto cintesi – ‘‘nanu maṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja; khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’ti (dī. ni. 2.207). Buddhānañca kathādoso nāma natthi. Mama accāraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ tena me cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati. Handāhaṃ vīriyasamathaṃ yojemī’’ti caṅkamā orohitvā pādadhovanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā pāde dhovitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīditvā ‘‘thokaṃ vissamissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ mañcake upanāmesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, sīsañca bimbohanaṃ asampattaṃ. Etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ, catuiriyāpathavirahitaṃ therassa arahattaṃ ahosi. Tena imasmiṃ sāsane anipanno anisinno aṭṭhito acaṅkamanto ‘‘ko bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto’’ti vutte ‘‘ānandatthero’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
翌日,长老比丘们用餐完毕,收好衣钵,齐集于法堂。然而,阿难尊者为了昭示自己已证阿罗汉,并未随同比丘们同往。比丘们按戒腊次第各自就座,并为阿难尊者预留了座位。有人问:‘这是谁的座位?’答:‘阿难尊者的。’又问:‘阿难尊者去了哪里?’恰在此时,尊者心想:‘是时候前往了。’于是,他示现神通,潜入地中,在自己的座位上现出身形。也有说他是从空中飞来就座的。
Atha kho therā bhikkhū dutiyadivase katabhattakiccā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatitā. Ānandatthero pana attano arahattappattiṃ ñāpetukāmo bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ na gato. Bhikkhū yathāvuḍḍhaṃ attano attano pattāsane nisīdantā ānandattherassa āsanaṃ ṭhapetvā nisinnā. Tattha kehici ‘‘etamāsanaṃ kassā’’ti vutte ‘‘ānandattherassā’’ti. ‘‘Ānando pana kuhiṃ gato’’ti? Tasmiṃ samaye thero cintesi – ‘‘idāni mayhaṃ gamanakālo’’ti. Tato attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā attano āsaneyeva attānaṃ dassesi. Ākāsenāgantvā nisīdītipi eke.
阿难尊者就座后,大迦叶尊者便向诸比丘说:‘诸位贤友,我们当先结集什么?法,还是律?’比丘们答:‘大迦叶尊者,律是佛陀教法的寿命,律若住世,教法即得安住,因此,我等应先结集律。’又问:‘以谁来承担此任?’答:‘以优波离尊者。’问:‘难道阿难不能胜任吗?’答:‘非不能。然而,正自觉者住世时,便依据律藏之学,将优波离尊者立为比丘众中持律第一,说:“诸比丘,我声闻弟子中持律第一者,即是优波离。”故我等应向优波离尊者请问之后,结集律藏。’于是,大迦叶尊者为请问律法而自致前言,优波离尊者也为作解答而自致前言。如是经文——
Evaṃ nisinne tasmiṃ āyasmante mahākassapatthero bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso, kiṃ paṭhamaṃ saṅgāyāma, dhammaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā’’ti? Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante mahākassapa, vinayo nāma buddhasāsanassa āyu, vinaye ṭhite sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ hoti; tasmā paṭhamaṃ vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti,. ‘‘Kaṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmantaṃ upāli’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ ānando nappahotī’’ti? ‘‘No nappahoti; api ca kho pana sammāsambuddho dharamānoyeva vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadagge ṭhapesi – ‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228). Tasmā upālittheraṃ pucchitvā vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti. Tato thero vinayaṃ pucchanatthāya attanāva attānaṃ sammanni. Upālittheropi vissajjanatthāya sammanni. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi –
随后,尊者大迦叶向僧团告知:
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
“尊者们,请僧团听我说。如果僧团认为时机合适,我愿向优波离请问律。”
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyya’nti.
尊者优波离也向僧团告知:
‘‘Āyasmāpi upāli saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
尊者,请僧团听我说:若僧团认为时机合适,我愿解答大迦叶尊者所问之律。
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti.
如此自我举荐之后,优波离尊者从座而起,偏袒一肩,向长老比丘们顶礼,坐于法座,手持镶嵌象牙的扇子。随后,大迦叶尊者坐于长老座,向优波离尊者请问律:‘贤友优波离,第一波罗夷在何处制定?’‘在毗舍离,尊者。’‘因谁制定?’‘因苏定那·迦兰陀子而制定。’‘关于何事?’‘关于淫欲法。’
Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitvā āyasmā upāli uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi, dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Tato āyasmā mahākassapo therāsane nisīditvā āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ pucchi – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ, āvuso upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta’’nti ? ‘‘Vesāliyaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Sudinnaṃ kalandaputtaṃ ārabbhā’’ti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti? ‘‘Methunadhamme’’ti.
于是,大迦叶尊者向优波离尊者询问第一波罗夷的事由、因缘、人物、制定、随制、犯与不犯;如同对第一波罗夷那样,又询问了第二、第三、第四波罗夷的事由……乃至不犯。优波离尊者对所问一一作了回答。而后,他们将这四波罗夷归为一类,确立为‘波罗夷品’;将十三桑喀地谢沙确立为‘十三桑喀地谢沙’;将二不定法确立为‘不定’;将三十舍堕确立为‘舍堕’;将九十二波逸提确立为‘波逸提’;将四悔过法确立为‘波罗提悔过’;将七十五应当学确立为‘众学法’;将七灭诤法确立为‘灭诤法’。
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ paṭhamassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi, nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, paññattimpi pucchi, anupaññattimpi pucchi, āpattimpi pucchi, anāpattimpi pucchi; yathā ca paṭhamassa tathā dutiyassa tathā tatiyassa tathā catutthassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi…pe… anāpattimpi pucchi. Puṭṭho puṭṭho upālitthero vissajjesi. Tato imāni cattāri pārājikāni ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida’’nti saṅgahaṃ āropetvā ṭhapesuṃ. Terasa saṅghādisesāni ‘‘terasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Dve sikkhāpadāni ‘‘aniyatānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘nissaggiyapācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Dvenavuti sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Cattāri sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ.
如此将比丘大分别纳入结集之后,在比丘尼分别中,他们将八条学处确立为“波罗夷品”;将十七条学处确立为“十七事品”;将三十条学处确立为“舍堕”;将一百六十六条学处确立为“波逸提”;将八条学处确立为“悔过法”;将七十五条学处确立为“众学法”;将七种法确立为“灭诤法”。如此将比丘尼分别纳入结集后,又以同样的方式纳入犍度与附随。如是,这包含两分别、犍度、附随的律藏,便全部结集完成。由尊者大迦叶提问,尊者优波离解答。问答结束时,五百位阿罗汉以结集时所用之式进行了集体诵习。律藏结集圆满,尊者优波离收起镶齿扇子,走下法座,礼敬诸上座比丘后,坐于己座。
Evaṃ mahāvibhaṅgaṃ saṅgahaṃ āropetvā bhikkhunīvibhaṅge aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Sattarasa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sattarasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘nissaggiyapācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Chasaṭṭhisatasikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Evaṃ bhikkhunīvibhaṅgaṃ saṅgahaṃ āropetvā eteneva upāyena khandhakaparivārepi āropesuṃ. Evametaṃ saubhatovibhaṅgakhandhakaparivāraṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ saṅgahamārūḷhaṃ sabbaṃ mahākassapatthero pucchi, upālitthero vissajjesi. Pucchāvissajjanapariyosāne pañca arahantasatāni saṅgahaṃ āropitanayeneva gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu. Vinayasaṅgahāvasāne upālitthero dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ nikkhipitvā dhammāsanā orohitvā vuḍḍhe bhikkhū vanditvā attano pattāsane nisīdi.
律藏结集之后,尊者大迦叶有意结集法藏,便询问比丘们:“吾等结集法时,应以何人为核心而结集法?”比丘们回答:“应以阿难长老为核心。”
Vinayaṃ saṅgāyitvā dhammaṃ saṅgāyitukāmo āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘dhammaṃ saṅgāyantehi kaṃ puggalaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dhammo saṅgāyitabbo’’ti? Bhikkhū ‘‘ānandattheraṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti āhaṃsu.
于是,尊者大迦叶通知僧团:
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
诸贤友,愿僧团听我言:若僧团认为时机适宜,我将向阿难请问法义。
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti.
于是,具寿阿难告知僧团说:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
诸位尊者,愿僧团听我言:若僧团认为时机适宜,我将回答具寿大迦叶所问之法。
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena dhammaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti.
于是,阿难尊者从座起身,将袈裟披覆一肩,礼敬上座比丘后,坐于法座,拿起镶齿的扇子。接着,大迦叶尊者向阿难尊者问法:“贤友阿难,《梵网经》是在何处宣说的?”“尊者,是在王舍城与那烂陀之间的王室殿堂安婆罗园。”“以谁为缘?”“以游方僧须卑与婆罗门青年梵授为缘。”“以何事为缘?”“以称赞与毁谤为缘。”于是,大迦叶尊者向阿难尊者询问了《梵网经》的缘起、人物和事由。又问:“贤友阿难,《沙门果经》是在何处宣说的?”“尊者,是在王舍城的耆婆庵罗园。”“与谁共住?”“与未生怨韦提希子共住。”于是,大迦叶尊者向阿难尊者询问了《沙门果经》的缘起和人物。以同样的方式,他询问了五部。
Atha kho āyasmā ānando uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Atha mahākassapatthero ānandattheraṃ dhammaṃ pucchi – ‘‘brahmajālaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti? ‘‘Antarā ca, bhante, rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷandaṃ rājāgārake ambalaṭṭhikāya’’nti. ‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Suppiyañca paribbājakaṃ, brahmadattañca māṇava’’nti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti? ‘‘Vaṇṇāvaṇṇe’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ brahmajālassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, vatthumpi pucchi. ‘‘Sāmaññaphalaṃ panāvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti? ‘Rājagahe, bhante, jīvakambavane’’ti. ‘‘Kena saddhi’’nti? ‘‘Ajātasattunā vedehiputtena saddhi’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sāmaññaphalassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi. Eteneva upāyena pañca nikāye pucchi.
所谓五部,即:长部、中部、相应部、增支部、小部。其中,小部是指除去四部之外,所余的佛语。此处,律藏由优波离尊者所解答,其余的小部及四部则由阿难尊者解答。应知,这所有的佛语,以味而言唯是一种,以法与律而言是二种,以初、中、后而言是三种;同样地,以藏而言是三种,以部而言是五种,以支而言是九种,以法蕴而言是八万四千种。
Pañcanikāyā nāma – dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo, aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti. Tattha khuddakanikāyo nāma – cattāro nikāye ṭhapetvā, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Tattha vinayo āyasmatā upālittherena vissajjito, sesakhuddakanikāyo cattāro ca nikāyā ānandattherena. Tadetaṃ sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ, paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ; tathā piṭakavasena, nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ, aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ, dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhanti veditabbaṃ.
如何以味而言为一种?自世尊证得无上正等觉,乃至入无余涅槃界般涅槃,于此四十五年间,为天、人、龙、夜叉等说法或审察而宣说的一切教法,悉皆同一解脱味。如此,以味而言为一种。
Kathaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ? Yañhi bhagavatā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā yāva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassāni devamanussanāgayakkhādayo anusāsantena paccavekkhantena vā vuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ ekarasaṃ vimuttirasameva hoti. Evaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ.
如何以法与律而言分为二种?这一切全部归入法与律的范畴。其中,律藏为律,其余佛语为法。因此有言:“诸贤友,我们何不结集法与律?”以及“我将向优波离询问律,向阿难询问法。”如此,便以法与律而言分为二种。
Kathaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dhammo ceva vinayo cāti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tattha vinayapiṭakaṃ vinayo, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammo; tenevāha – ‘‘yaṃnūna mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyaṃ, ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti ca evaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ.
如何以初、中、后三时而言分为三种?这即是说,一切佛语可判为三类:初时佛语、中时佛语、后时佛语。其中——
Kathaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, pacchimabuddhavacananti tippabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha –
“我流转于多生轮回,寻觅而未得见;
我寻造屋者,屡屡受生皆是苦。
‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ; Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ. ‘‘Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi; Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ; Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153-154);
此为佛陀最初之语。
Idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ.
有说者视《犍度》中的优陀那偈——“当诸法确实显现时”——为佛陀最初之语。然而,应知此偈是世尊于成道之日,以喜悦智观察缘起时,所发出的优陀那偈。
Keci ‘‘yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā’’ti khandhake udānagāthaṃ āhu. Esā pana pāṭipadadivase sabbaññubhāvappattassa somanassamayañāṇena paccayākāraṃ paccavekkhantassa uppannā udānagāthāti veditabbā.
而于般涅槃时所说者:“诸比丘,今告汝等:诸行皆为灭法,当以不放逸而成就。”(《长部》2.218)此即最后佛语。
Yaṃ pana parinibbānakāle abhāsi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādethā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.218) idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ.
介于二者之间所说者,是为中佛语。如是依初、中、后而言,共为三种。
Ubhinnamantare yaṃ vuttaṃ etaṃ majjhimabuddhavacananti. Evaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ.
如何依藏而分为三种?所有这一切教法,统摄为律藏、经藏、论藏,故成三种。其中,将第一次结集时已结集与未结集的一切总集一处,即为:两部巴帝摩卡、二部分别、二十二犍度、十六附随,此名为律藏。
Kathaṃ piṭakavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbampi hetaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakanti tippabhedameva hoti. Tattha paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgītañca asaṅgītañca sabbampi samodhānetvā ubhayāni pātimokkhāni, dve vibhaṅgāni, dvāvīsati khandhakāni, soḷasaparivārāti idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ nāma.
长部由《梵网经》等三十四部经组成,中部由《根本法门经》等一百五十二部经组成,相应部由《渡流经》等七千七百六十二部经组成,增支部由《心遍取经》等九千五百五十七部经组成,小部由《小诵》《法句》《自说》《如是语》《经集》《天宫事》《饿鬼事》《长老偈》《长老尼偈》《本生》《义释》《无碍解道》《譬喻》《佛种姓》《所行藏》十五种分类组成——这些合称为经藏。
Brahmajālādi catuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho dīghanikāyo, mūlapariyāyasuttādi diyaḍḍhasatadvesuttasaṅgaho majjhimanikāyo, oghataraṇasuttādi sattasuttasahassa sattasata dvāsaṭṭhisuttasaṅgaho saṃyuttanikāyo, cittapariyādānasuttādi navasuttasahassa pañcasata sattapaññāsasuttasaṅgaho aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakapāṭha-dhammapada-udāna-itivuttaka-suttanipāta-vimānavatthu-petavatthu-theragāthā-therīgāthā-jātakaniddesa-paṭisambhidā-apadāna-buddhavaṃsa-cariyāpiṭakavasena pannarasappabhedo khuddakanikāyoti idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ nāma.
《法集论》《分别论》《界论》《人施设论》《论事》《双论》《发趣论》,这些合称为论藏。其中:
Dhammasaṅgaho, vibhaṅgo, dhātukathā, puggalapaññatti, kathāvatthu, yamakaṃ, paṭṭhānanti idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nāma. Tattha –
Vividhavisesanayattā , vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ; Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto.
因为在此律中,确实有种种方法,即:五种巴帝摩卡诵出、以波罗夷等七罪聚为纲目的论母、经分别等分类方法;又有作为殊胜的、以加固或放宽为目的的随制方法;而且此律能调伏身与语,遮止身语的恶行。因此,由于具有种种方法、具有差别的方法,以及调伏身语之故,称为“律”。为此,为了善巧词义而说:
Vividhā hi ettha pañcavidha pātimokkhuddesa pārājikādi sattaāpattikkhandhamātikā vibhaṅgādippabhedā nayā, visesabhūtā ca daḷhīkammasithilakaraṇappayojanā anupaññattinayā , kāyikavācasikaajjhācāranisedhanato cesa kāyaṃ vācañca vineti, tasmā vividhanayattā visesanayattā kāyavācānañca vinayanato ‘‘vinayo’’ti akkhāto. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
由于具有种种差别的方法,并能调伏身与语故;
此律,由通达律义者称之为“律”。
‘‘Vividhavisesanayattā, vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ; Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto’’ti.
因其能指示诸义、善说、可听闻、能流出,
因能守护,又与线相似,故得名为“经”。
Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato; Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhātaṃ.
此经能指示自利、利他等种种义;而其中的义是善说的,因为是随顺应受教化者之意乐而宣说的。此经能使义理得以闻知,如同谷物结出果实,这是所说之意。此经能流出义,如同母牛流出乳汁,涓涓流淌,这是所说之意。又能善加守护他们,即保护之意。此经又与线相似:正如木匠的墨线是标准,对于智者,此经也是如此;又如用线串起的花朵不会散落、毁坏,此经所摄持的义也是如此。因此,为了善巧通达其词义,而说:
Tañhi attatthaparatthādibhede atthe sūceti, suvuttā cettha atthā veneyyajjhāsayānulomena vuttattā. Savati cetaṃ atthe sassamiva phalaṃ pasavatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sūdati cetaṃ dhenuviya khīraṃ, paggharatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suṭṭhu ca ne tāyati rakkhatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suttasabhāgañcetaṃ, yathā hi tacchakānaṃ suttaṃ pamāṇaṃ hoti; evametampi viññūnaṃ. Yathā ca suttena saṅgahitāni pupphāni na vikiriyanti na viddhaṃsiyanti; evametena saṅgahitā atthā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
由于指示诸义、由于善说、由于能听闻、由于能流出;
因其能守护、又与线相似,故称为‘经’。
‘‘Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato; Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhāta’’nti.
凡是增长、具自相、受尊敬、被分别安立的诸法,
以及被宣说为殊胜的诸法,因此得名‘阿毗达摩’。
Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā; Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto.
此“abhi”前缀,见于增长、相、尊敬、限定、殊胜等义。正如:“贤友,我剧烈的苦受增长,而不减退”等句中(中部3.389;相应部5.195),用于增长义。“那些被通达、被标记的夜晚”等句中(中部1.49),用于相义。“王、大王、人主”等句中(中部2.399;经集558),用于尊敬义。“有能力在阿毗达摩、阿毗律中调伏”等句中(大品85),用于限定义,即指互不杂乱的法与律。“以殊胜的容貌”等句中(天宫事75),用于殊胜义。
Ayañhi abhisaddo vuḍḍhilakkhaṇapūjitaparicchinnādhikesu dissati. Tathāhesa – ‘‘bāḷhā me āvuso dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.389; saṃ. ni. 5.195) vuḍḍhiyaṃ āgato. ‘‘Yā tā rattiyo abhiññātā abhilakkhitā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.49) lakkhaṇe. ‘‘Rājābhirājā manujindo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 558) pūjite. ‘‘Paṭibalo vinetuṃ abhidhamme abhivinaye’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 85) paricchinne. Aññamaññasaṅkaravirahite dhamme ca vinaye cāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇenā’’tiādīsu (vi. va. 75) adhike.
于此,“为生于色界而修习道,以与慈俱行之心遍满一方而住”等(法集论160等)所示之法,亦是具有增长的。“以色为所缘,或以声为所缘”等所示之法,因以所缘等为相,故亦有自相。“有学诸法、无学诸法、出世间诸法”等所示之法,亦是受尊敬的,即是应受尊敬之义。“有触、有受”等所示之法,因以自性被限定,故亦是受限定的。“广大诸法、无量诸法、无上诸法”等所示之法,亦是殊胜的。因此,为了善巧其词义而说:
Ettha ca ‘‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti, mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 160 ādayo) nayena vuḍḍhimantopi dhammā vuttā. ‘‘Rūpārammaṇaṃ vā saddārammaṇaṃ vā’’tiādinā nayena ārammaṇādīhi lakkhaṇīyattā salakkhaṇāpi. ‘‘Sekkhā dhammā, asekkhā dhammā, lokuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā nayena pūjitāpi pūjārahāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Phasso hoti vedanā hotī’’tiādinā nayena sabhāvaparicchinnattā paricchinnāpi. ‘‘Mahaggatā dhammā, appamāṇā dhammā, anuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā nayena adhikāpi dhammā vuttā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
“于此,凡属有增长者、有自相者、受尊敬者、被限定者,
诸殊胜法既已宣说,阿毗达摩由此而得名。
‘‘Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā; Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto’’ti.
至于此处未予详述者,则:
Yaṃ panettha avisiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ –
Piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu; Tena samodhānetvā, tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.
因为,圣典在“莫以具足藏”等处被称为“藏”(经藏)。而在“那时,有人持锄头篮前来”等处,任何容器也被称为“藏”。因此,通达藏义者,由圣典之义与容器之义,而说为“藏”。
Pariyattipi hi ‘‘mā piṭakasampadānenā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) piṭakanti vuccati. ‘‘Atha puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṃ ādāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.228; a. ni. 3.70) yaṃ kiñci bhājanampi. Tasmā piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu.
现在,以此综合之后,应知律等三者。即:以此具有如是二义的“藏”字与之复合后,律即是彼,且因是圣典、是各各义的容器而又是藏,故为律藏;依如上所说的方法,经即是彼,且又是藏,故为经藏;阿毗达摩即是彼,且又是藏,故为阿毗达摩藏。如是,应知此三者——律等。
Idāni tena samodhānetvā tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyāti. Tena evaṃ duvidhatthena piṭakasaddena saha samāsaṃ katvā vinayo ca so piṭakañca pariyattibhāvato tassa tassa atthassa bhājanato cāti vinayapiṭakaṃ, yathāvutteneva nayena suttantañca taṃ piṭakañcāti suttantapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammo ca so piṭakañcāti abhidhammapiṭakanti evamete tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.
如是了知后,又为于彼藏中成就种种善巧;
Evaṃ ñatvā ca punapi tesveva piṭakesu nānappakārakosallatthaṃ –
应如其所宜,阐明诸藏中说法、教诫、开示的差别;
并显示学、断与深奥之性。
圣典的差别、成就与退失,无论何处;
比丘如何证得,这一切皆应阐明。
Desanāsāsanakathā, bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ; Sikkhāpahānagambhīra, bhāvañca paridīpaye. Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiṃ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ; Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye.
于此,此阐明与显示即是:这三藏依次为教令说、惯用语说、胜义说;为随犯、随顺、随法之教诫;又被称为防护与不防护、见解的解开、名色的分别之说。
Tatrāyaṃ paridīpanā vibhāvanā ca, etāni hi tīṇi piṭakāni yathākkamaṃ āṇā vohāra paramatthadesanā yathāparādha-yathānuloma-yathādhammasāsanāni, saṃvarāsaṃvaradiṭṭhiviniveṭhanāmarūpaparicchedakathāti ca vuccanti.
在此,律藏是具权威的世尊以教令为主所宣说,故称教令说;经藏是善巧表达的世尊以表达为主所宣说,故称表达说;阿毗达摩藏是善巧胜义的世尊以胜义为主所宣说,故称胜义说。
Ettha hi vinayapiṭakaṃ āṇārahena bhagavatā āṇābāhullato desitattā āṇādesanā, suttantapiṭakaṃ vohārakusalena bhagavatā vohārabāhullato desitattā vohāradesanā, abhidhammapiṭakaṃ paramatthakusalena bhagavatā paramatthabāhullato desitattā paramatthadesanāti vuccati.
同样地,第一类中,那些多有违犯的众生,依其过失而受教诫,故称随过教诫;第二类中,那些具有种种意乐、随眠、行迹、胜解的众生,随顺其性而受教诫,故称随顺教诫;第三类中,那些仅于法聚而执著‘我、我所’之想的众生,依法而受教诫,故称依法教诫。
Tathā paṭhamaṃ ye te pacurāparādhā sattā te yathāparādhaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathāparādhasāsanaṃ, dutiyaṃ anekajjhāsayānusayacariyādhimuttikā sattā yathānulomaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathānulomasāsanaṃ, tatiyaṃ dhammapuñjamatte ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti saññino sattā yathādhammaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathādhammasāsananti vuccati.
同样地,第一类中,讲述了对治违犯的律仪与非律仪,故称律仪非律仪论;第二类中,讲述了对治六十二见的见解解结,故称见解解结论;第三类中,讲述了对治贪等的名色分别,故称名色分别论。
Tathā paṭhamaṃ ajjhācārapaṭipakkhabhūto saṃvarāsaṃvaro ettha kathitoti saṃvarāsaṃvarakathā, dutiyaṃ dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhipaṭipakkhabhūtā diṭṭhiviniveṭhanā ettha kathitāti diṭṭhiviniveṭhanakathā, tatiyaṃ rāgādipaṭipakkhabhūto nāmarūpaparicchedo ettha kathitoti nāmarūpaparicchedakathāti vuccati.
又,当知此三藏中,具有三学、三断,以及四种甚深性。即:律藏中特说增上戒学,经藏中特说增上心学,阿毗达摩藏中特说增上慧学。
Tīsupi ca cetesu tisso sikkhā, tīṇi pahānāni, catubbidho ca gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo . Tathā hi – vinayapiṭake visesena adhisīlasikkhā vuttā, suttantapiṭake adhicittasikkhā, abhidhammapiṭake adhipaññāsikkhā.
律藏中,以戒为违犯的对治,故断除烦恼的违犯;经藏中,以定为缠缚的对治,故断除烦恼的缠缚;阿毗达摩藏中,以慧为随眠的对治,故断除烦恼的随眠。
Vinayapiṭake ca vītikkamappahānaṃ kilesānaṃ, vītikkamapaṭipakkhattā sīlassa. Suttantapiṭake pariyuṭṭhānappahānaṃ, pariyuṭṭhānapaṭipakkhattā samādhissa. Abhidhammapiṭake anusayappahānaṃ anusayapaṭipakkhattā paññāya.
第一藏中,是烦恼的彼分断;其余二藏中,则是镇伏断与正断断。第一藏中,断除恶行杂染;其余二藏中,则断除渴爱、邪见杂染。
Paṭhame ca tadaṅgappahānaṃ kilesānaṃ, itaresu vikkhambhanasamucchedappahānāni. Paṭhame ca duccaritasaṃkilesassa pahānaṃ, itaresu taṇhādiṭṭhisaṃkilesānaṃ.
再者,于每一藏中,应知有四种甚深性:法、义、说、证悟。其中,法即圣典;义即该圣典的涵义;说即心中所确知的圣典之宣说;证悟即对圣典及其涵义的如实通达。在这三藏中,这些法、义、说、证悟,犹如大海,对于智慧迟钝者——如同兔马之类——难以涉入,得不到立足处,因此是甚深的。如此,于每一藏中,应知有这四种甚深性。
Ekamekasmiñcettha catubbidhopi dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. Tattha dhammoti pāḷi. Atthoti tassāyevattho. Desanāti tassā manasāvavatthāpitāya pāḷiyā desanā. Paṭivedhoti pāḷiyā pāḷiatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. Tīsupi cetesu ete dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhā yasmā sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāhā alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca, tasmā gambhīrā. Evaṃ ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
另一种方法:法即是因。如所说:‘于因的智为法无碍解’。义即是因之果。如所说:‘于因果的智为义无碍解’。说即是施设,意思是随法而称说诸法。证悟即是现观,这现观包含世间与出世间,从所缘境与无迷乱的角度,它随义而通达法,随法而通达义,随施设而通达施设之路。
Aparo nayo – dhammoti hetu. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti. Atthoti hetuphalaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti. Desanāti paññatti, yathādhammaṃ dhammābhilāpoti adhippāyo. Paṭivedhoti abhisamayo, so ca lokiyalokuttaro visayato asammohato ca atthānurūpaṃ dhammesu, dhammānurūpaṃ atthesu, paññattipathānurūpaṃ paññattīsu avabodho.
现在,由于在这些藏中,无论何种法类或义类,以及那为了让听者之智现前而知的义,随其所应,便有阐明彼义之说,还有那称为无颠倒通达的证悟——这一切,对于未积集善资粮的劣慧者而言,犹如大海之于兔马,难以涉入,无法立足,故为甚深。因此,于每一藏中,亦应知有这四种甚深性。
Idāni yasmā etesu piṭakesu yaṃ yaṃ dhammajātaṃ vā atthajātaṃ vā, yā cāyaṃ yathā yathā ñāpetabbo attho sotūnaṃ ñāṇassa abhimukho hoti, tathā tathā tadatthajotikā desanā, yo cettha aviparītāvabodhasaṅkhāto paṭivedho sabbametaṃ anupacitakusalasambhārehi duppaññehi sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo dukkhogāhaṃ alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhañca, tasmā gambhīraṃ. Evampi ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
宣说、教诫与议论,于他们中随宜分别;
学、断与甚深性,亦应阐明。
‘‘Desanā-sāsanakathā , bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ; Sikkhāpahānagambhīrabhāvañca paridīpaye’’ti.
这就是此偈颂所表达的意义。
Ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthā hoti.
圣典的分类、成就与衰败,于何处、如何
比丘如何证得,这一切亦应阐明。
‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ; Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti.
复次,应知于此三藏中,有三种圣典的区分。此三种圣典即是:蛇喻者、出离义者、库藏圣典者。
Ettha pana tīsu piṭakesu tividho pariyattibhedo daṭṭhabbo. Tisso hi pariyattiyo – alagaddūpamā, nissaraṇatthā, bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
其中,凡是被不善持诵、为诘难等目的而学,这便是蛇喻者。对此,世尊这样说:‘诸比丘,譬如有人需要蛇、寻找蛇而在搜寻蛇,他看见一条大蛇,便抓住它的腹部或尾巴。那蛇回过头来咬他的手、或臂、或其他肢节。他因此而死,或受近死之苦。这是什么原因呢?诸比丘,是因为不善捉蛇。正如此,诸比丘,这里有一类愚人学习法——经……乃至……方广。他们学了法之后,不用智慧去审察那些法的义理。他们不用智慧审察那些法的义理,便不能获得明解。他们为了诘难的利益而学法,也为了脱离论诤的利益而学法。他们渴望从学法中得到的义利,却不能获得。他们不善持诵的法,长久地带来不利与痛苦。这是什么原因呢?诸比丘,是因为不善持诵法。’
Tattha yā duggahitā upārambhādihetu pariyāpuṭā, ayaṃ alagaddūpamā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagavesī alagaddapariyesanaṃ caramāno, so passeyya mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ. Tamenaṃ bhoge vā naṅguṭṭhe vā gaṇheyya. Tassa so alagaddo paṭiparivattitvā hatthe vā bāhāya vā aññatarasmiṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅge ḍaṃseyya. So tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya, maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, alagaddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti suttaṃ…pe… vedallaṃ. Te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti. Tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Te upārambhānisaṃsā ceva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca. Yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhonti. Tesaṃ te dhammā duggahitā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.238).
然而,凡是被善巧持诵、不为了诘难等目的,而是为了圆满戒蕴等而期望修学,这便是出离义者。对此,世尊这样说:‘他们所善持诵的法,长久地带来利益与安乐。这是什么原因呢?诸比丘,是因为善持诵法。’
Yā pana suggahitā sīlakkhandhādipāripūriṃyeva ākaṅkhamānena pariyāpuṭā na upārambhādi hetu, ayaṃ nissaraṇatthā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Suggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.239).
然而,对于已遍知蕴、已断烦恼、已修习道、已证不动、已作证灭尽的漏尽者,他唯为护持传承、守护法脉而学习,这便称为执掌圣典宝藏者。
Yaṃ pana pariññātakkhandho pahīnakileso bhāvitamaggo paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho khīṇāsavo kevalaṃ paveṇīpālanatthāya vaṃsānurakkhaṇatthāya pariyāpuṇāti, ayaṃ bhaṇḍāgārikapaayattīti.
于律藏中,善修习的比丘依止戒成就而证得三明,即于此处依其分别之说而证得。于经藏中,善修习者依止定成就而证得六神通,即于此处依其分别之说而证得。于论藏中,善修习者依止慧成就而证得四无碍解,即于此处依其分别之说而证得。如此,于诸藏中善修习者,依次第证得三明、六神通、四无碍解等差别成就。
Vinaye pana suppaṭipanno bhikkhu sīlasampattiṃ nissāya tisso vijjā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Sutte suppaṭipanno samādhisampadaṃ nissāya cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Abhidhamme suppaṭipanno paññāsampadaṃ nissāya catasso paṭisambhidā pāpuṇāti, tāsañca tattheva pabhedavacanato. Evametesu suppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ vijjāttayachaḷabhiññācatupaṭisambhidābhedaṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇāti.
于律藏中,不善修习者,由于允许的乐触、敷具、衣被等触受具有共通性,便对禁止的执取触等生起无罪想。此亦曾被这样说过:“我是这样理解世尊所宣说的法:凡是世尊所说的障碍法,受用它们并不足以构成障碍。”(巴吉第417条;中部1.234)由此,他达到了恶戒的状态。于经藏中,不善修习者,不能了知“诸比丘,世间有这四种人”等(增支部4.5)的意趣,而执取错误。关于此,曾这样说:“以自己错误的执取,既诽谤了我们,又为自己掘下深坑,并产生众多非福。”(巴吉第417条;中部1.236)由此,他达到了邪见的状态。于论藏中,不善修习者,过度驰骋于法之思惟,乃至思惟那不应思惟的,由此达到了心的散乱。此亦曾这样说:“诸比丘,这四种是不应思惟、不可思惟的,若去思惟它们,将会导致狂乱与恼害。”(增支部4.77)如此,于诸藏中不善修习者,依次第达到这些恶戒、邪见、心散乱之差别衰败。
Vinaye pana duppaṭipanno anuññātasukhasamphassaattharaṇapāvuraṇādiphassasāmaññato paṭikkhittesu upādinnaphassādīsu anavajjasaññī hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti (pāci. 417; ma. ni. 1.234) tato dussīlabhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sutte duppaṭipanno ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.5) adhippāyaṃ ajānanto duggahitaṃ gaṇhāti. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khanati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī’’ti (pāci. 417; ma. ni. 1.236) tato micchādiṭṭhitaṃ pāpuṇāti. Abhidhamme duppaṭipanno dhammacintaṃ atidhāvanto acinteyyānipi cinteti, tato cittakkhepaṃ pāpuṇāti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, acinteyyāni na cintetabbāni, yāni cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti (a. ni. 4.77). Evametesu duppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ dussīlabhāvamicchādiṭṭhitā cittakkhepabhedaṃ vipattiṃ pāpuṇātīti.
“教法的差别、成就与衰败,于何处、如何,
比丘如何证得,这一切都应阐明。”
‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiṃ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ; Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti.
此偈颂亦表达所说之义。如此,从种种方面了知诸藏之后,依此诸藏,应知佛语有三种。
Ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti. Evaṃ nānappakārato piṭakāni ñatvā tesaṃ vasenetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ tividhanti ñātabbaṃ.
如何依部类而有五种?这一切佛语,即分为长部、中部、相应部、增支部、小部五种。其中,何为长部?由三品所摄,即梵网等三十四经。
Kathaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo, aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti pañcappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha katamo dīghanikāyo? Tivaggasaṅgahāni brahmajālādīni catuttiṃsa suttāni.
Catuttiṃseva suttantā, tivaggo yassa saṅgaho; Esa dīghanikāyoti, paṭhamo anulomiko.
为何称此为长部?因长篇幅诸经的汇集与住处,汇集与住处即称为部。如“诸比丘,我不见有其他任何一部如此之心,如诸比丘,这些畜生道众生:粪虫部、湿生部”(相应部3.100)等,此义在教法与世间中皆得佐证。同样地,其余诸部的“部”义,亦应依词义了知。
Kasmā panesa dīghanikāyoti vuccati? Dīghappamāṇānaṃ suttānaṃ samūhato nivāsato ca, samūhanivāsā hi nikāyoti vuccanti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekanikāyampi samanupassāmi evaṃ cittaṃ; yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatā pāṇā; poṇikanikāyo, cikkhallikanikāyo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.100) evamādīni cettha sādhakāni sāsanato ca lokato ca. Evaṃ sesānampi nikāyabhāve vacanattho veditabbo.
何谓中部?中等篇幅,包含十五品,由《根本法门经》等一百五十二经汇集而成。
Katamo majjhimanikāyo? Majjhimappamāṇāni pañcadasavaggasaṅgahāni mūlapariyāyasuttādīni diyaḍḍhasataṃ dve ca suttāni.
Diyaḍḍhasataṃ suttantā, dve ca suttāni yattha so; Nikāyo majjhimo pañca-dasavaggapariggaho.
何为相应部?即依天相应等安立、以《渡暴流》等为始的七千七百六十二经。
Katamo saṃyuttanikāyo? Devatāsaṃyuttādivasena ṭhitāni oghataraṇādīni satta suttasahassāni satta ca suttasatāni dvāsaṭṭhi ca suttāni.
七千部经,及七百部经,
又有六十二部经,这便是相应部的结集。
Satta suttasahassāni, satta suttasatāni ca; Dvāsaṭṭhi ceva suttantā, eso saṃyuttasaṅgaho.
什么是增支部?依一增一等而立,以心遍取等九千五百五十七部经。
Katamo aṅguttaranikāyo? Ekekaaṅgātirekavasena ṭhitāni cittapariyādānādīni nava suttasahassāni pañca suttasatāni sattapaññāsañca suttāni.
Nava suttasahassāni, pañca suttasatāni ca; Sattapaññāsa suttāni, saṅkhyā aṅguttare ayaṃ.
什么是小部?即全部的律藏、论藏,以及小诵等前面所举出的十五种——也就是除四部之外,所剩余的一切佛语。
Katamo khuddakanikāyo? Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ khuddakapāṭhādayo ca pubbe nidassitā pannarasabhedā ṭhapetvā cattāro nikāye avasesaṃ buddhavacananti.
Ṭhapetvā caturopete, nikāye dīghaādike; Tadaññaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, nikāyo khuddako matoti.
如是,依部类而有五种。
Evaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ.
如何依支分而分为九种呢?即是将这一切佛语,分为经、应颂、记说、偈颂、自说、如是语、本生、未曾有法、方广等九类。这其中,两部《分别》、论母、犍度、附随,以及《经集》中的《吉祥经》、《宝经》、《那罗迦经》、《迅速经》,还有其他以“经”命名的如来教言,都应知为“经”。一切带有偈颂的经,都应知为“应颂”。特别是,《相应部》中整部《有偈品》、全部《阿毗达摩藏》、无偈的经典,以及其余不被前八类所摄的佛语,都应知为“记说”。《法句经》、《长老偈》、《长老尼偈》,以及《经集》中不以经命名、纯粹的偈颂,都应知为“偈颂”。与喜悦和智慧所成的偈颂相应的八十二部经,应知为“自说”。示以“此是世尊所说”等范式的一百一十部经,应知为“如是语”。《无戏论本生》等五百五十则本生故事,应知为“本生”。示以“诸比丘,阿难有四种稀有、未曾有法”等范式,一切与稀有未曾有法相应的经典,应知为“未曾有法”。《小方广》、《大方广》、《正见》、《帝释问》、《行分别》、《大满月经》等,一切通过反复问答而获得智慧与喜悦的经典,应知为“方广”。这便是依支分而分为九种的情形。
Kathaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthā, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallanti navappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ubhatovibhaṅganiddesakhandhakaparivārā suttanipāte maṅgalasutta-ratanasutta-nālakasutta-tuvaṭṭakasuttāni aññampi ca suttanāmakaṃ tathāgatavacanaṃ suttanti veditabbaṃ. Sabbampi sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyyanti veditabbaṃ. Visesena saṃyuttake sakalopi sagāthāvaggo, sakalaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, niggāthakaṃ suttaṃ, yañca aññampi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi asaṅgahitaṃ buddhavacanaṃ taṃ veyyākaraṇanti veditabbaṃ. Dhammapadaṃ, theragāthā, therīgāthā, suttanipāte nosuttanāmikā suddhikagāthā ca gāthāti veditabbā. Somanassañāṇamayikagāthāpaṭisaṃyuttā dvāsīti suttantā udānanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā’’tiādinayappavattā dasuttarasatasuttantā itivuttakanti veditabbaṃ. Apaṇṇakajātakādīni paññāsādhikāni pañca jātakasatāni jātakanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’ti (dī. ni. 2.209) -ādinayappavattā sabbepi acchariyaabbhutadhammapaṭisaṃyuttā suttantā abbhutadhammanti veditabbaṃ. Cūḷavedalla-mahāvedalla-sammādiṭṭhi-sakkapañha-saṅkhārabhājaniya-mahāpuṇṇamasuttādayo sabbepi vedañca tuṭṭhiñca laddhā laddhā pucchitasuttantā vedallanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ.
如何依教法蕴而分为八万四千种呢?即此一切佛语——
Kathaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ –
“我从佛陀受持八万二千法蕴,从诸比丘受持二千法蕴;
此八万四千法蕴,皆是我所转起。”——《长老偈》1027
‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto; Caturāsīti sahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino’’ti. (theragā. 1027);
如是,所阐明的法蕴有八万四千种。其中,一段连续之经为一个法蕴;若有多段连续之经,则按连续之段数计算法蕴数。在偈颂结集中,提问为一个法蕴,回答为一个法蕴。在阿毗达摩中,每一组三法分别、二法分别,以及每一心路分别,各为一个法蕴。在律中,有事缘、有母论、有句分别、有中间罪、有罪、有无罪、有判定;其中每一部分,应知为一个法蕴。如是,法蕴分为八万四千种。
Evaṃ paridīpitadhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ eko dhammakkhandho. Yaṃ anekānusandhikaṃ tattha anusandhivasena dhammakkhandhagaṇanā. Gāthābandhesu pañhāpucchanaṃ eko dhammakkhandho, vissajjanaṃ eko. Abhidhamme ekamekaṃ tika-duka-bhājanaṃ, ekamekañca cittavārabhājanaṃ, eko dhammakkhandho. Vinaye atthi vatthu, atthi mātikā, atthi padabhājanīyaṃ, atthi antarāpatti, atthi āpatti, atthi anāpatti, atthi paricchedo; tattha ekameko koṭṭhāso, ekameko dhammakkhandhoti veditabbo. Evaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ.
如此,此佛语从无差别、味的角度而言是一种;从差别而言,则有法与律等二种等分类。以大迦叶为首的圣众,在结集时,先这样确定分类:“这是法,这是律;这是初佛语,这是中佛语,这是后佛语;这是律藏,这是经藏,这是论藏;这是长部……乃至……这是小部;这些是经等九分教,这些是八万四千法蕴”,然后才进行结集。不仅如此,他们还确定了在三藏中所见的其他多种摄集分类,如摄颂摄集、品摄集、结说摄集,一集、二集等集摄集,相应摄集、五十摄集等,历时七个月完成结集。结集终了时,大地以水为界,发生种种震动、大震动、遍震动、大遍动,并显现众多稀有之事,如同随喜赞叹:“此实由大迦叶长老所作,令十力之教法得以流布五千岁。”这就是名为第一结集者。世间有云:
Evametaṃ abhedato rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, bhedato dhammavinayādivasena duvidhādibhedaṃ buddhavacanaṃ saṅgāyantena mahākassapappamukhena vasīgaṇena ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo; idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ; idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ; ayaṃ dīghanikāyo…pe… ayaṃ khuddakanikāyo; imāni suttādīni navaṅgāni, imāni caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti imaṃ pabhedaṃ vavatthapetvāva saṅgītaṃ. Na kevalañca ettakameva, aññampi uddānasaṅgaha-vaggasaṅgahapeyyālasaṅgaha-ekakanipāta-dukanipātādinipātasaṅgaha-saṃyuttasaṅgaha-paṇṇāsasaṅgahādianekavidhaṃ tīsu piṭakesu sandissamānaṃ saṅgahappabhedaṃ vavatthapetvāeva sattahi māsehi saṅgītaṃ. Saṅgītipariyosāne cassa – ‘‘idaṃ mahākassapattherena dasabalassa sāsanaṃ pañcavassasahassaparimāṇaṃ kālaṃ pavattanasamatthaṃ kata’’nti sañjātappamodā sādhukāraṃ viya dadamānā ayaṃ mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā anekappakāraṃ kampi saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, anekāni ca acchariyāni pāturahesunti ayaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgītināma. Yā loke –
Satehi pañcahi katā, tena pañcasatāti ca; Thereheva katattā ca, therikāti pavuccatīti.
当第一结集进行时,大迦叶尊者向优波离尊者询问律藏。在问完“贤友优波离,第一波罗夷于何处制定”等语之后,又说道:“他问了事缘,问了因缘,问了人物。”此处,当因缘被问及时,优波离长老为从起始详细说明那因缘、由谁制定、为何制定等一切,便说:“那时,世尊住在韦兰若……”以及一切应说之语。当知,此是优波离长老所说,且是在第一结集时所说。至此,“此语由谁说、何时说”这些词句的含义便已阐明了。
Imissā pana paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyā pavattamānāya vinayaṃ pucchantena āyasmatā mahākassapena ‘‘paṭhamaṃ, āvuso upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta’’nti evamādivacanapariyosāne ‘‘vatthumpi pucchi, nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchī’’ti ettha nidāne pucchite taṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretvā yena ca paññattaṃ, yasmā ca paññattaṃ, sabbametaṃ kathetukāmena āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti sabbaṃ vattabbaṃ. Evamidaṃ āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ, tañca pana ‘‘paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vutta’’nti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca ‘‘idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttaṃ, kadā vutta’’nti etesaṃ padānaṃ attho pakāsito hoti.
现在,对于“为何而说”这一点,在此说明:因为大迦叶长老询问了因缘,所以优波离长老为了从起始详尽说明那因缘而说。应知,优波离长老在第一次结集时这样说,也是出于这个原因。至此,“由谁、何时、为何”这些论母词句的含义便已阐明。
Idāni kasmā vuttanti ettha vuccate, yasmā ayamāyasmatā mahākassapattherena nidānaṃ puṭṭho tasmānena taṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretuṃ vuttanti. Evamidaṃ āyasmatā upālittherena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vadantenāpi iminā kāraṇena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmāti imesaṃ mātikāpadānaṃ attho pakāsito hoti.
现在,为了阐明这些词句的意义——即由谁持守、由谁传来、在何处确立,在说明了“制定”及其方式之后,这样说:那么,这部以“那时,世尊住在韦然贾”等言辞庄严的序分的律藏,是由谁持守、由谁传来、在何处确立的呢?答道:最初,这部律藏是尊者优波离在世尊面前持守的;世尊般涅槃后,在以具足六神通等种种功德的大迦叶尊者为首的数千比丘中,那些结集法藏的长老们,在优波离尊者面前持守。由谁传来呢?在瞻部洲,最初以优波离长老为首,通过师徒相承,一直传到第三次结集。其师徒相承如下——
Idāni dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ, yatthappatiṭṭhitaṃ cetametaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tatoti etesaṃ atthappakāsanatthaṃ idaṃ vuccati. Taṃ panetaṃ ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti evamādivacanapaṭimaṇḍitanidānaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kena dhāritaṃ, kenābhataṃ, kattha patiṭṭhitanti? Vuccate – ādito tāva idaṃ bhagavato sammukhā āyasmatā upālittherena dhāritaṃ, tassa sammukhato aparinibbute tathāgate chaḷabhiññādibhedehi anekehi bhikkhusahassehi parinibbute tathāgate mahākassapappamukhehi dhammasaṅgāhakattherehi. Kenābhatanti? Jambudīpe tāva upālittheramādiṃ katvā ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhataṃ. Tatrāyaṃ ācariyaparamparā –
优波离与达萨迦,索那迦与悉伽婆;
帝须·目犍连子等,此五位为胜者。
使律藏经由传承,在名为瞻部光胜的岛上,
令律藏不被中断,乃至第三次结集。
Upāli dāsako ceva, soṇako siggavo tathā; Tisso moggaliputto ca, pañcete vijitāvino. Paramparāya vinayaṃ, dīpe jambusirivhaye; Acchijjamānamānesuṃ, tatiyo yāva saṅgaho.
具寿优波离在世尊面前领受了这律之传承、律之体系、律之传统后,
Āyasmā hi upāli imaṃ vinayavaṃsaṃ vinayatantiṃ vinayapaveṇiṃ bhagavato
他当面领受后,将其安立于众多比丘心中。诸人中,在具寿优波离座前领受律之传承而通达律藏者,凡夫、须陀洹、斯陀含、阿那含其数无量,漏尽者则有一千位。达萨迦长老也是他的共住弟子,他在优波离长老面前领受后,同样诵出了律藏。在具寿达萨迦座前领受律藏而通达者中,凡夫等其数无量,漏尽者也恰好有一千位。索那迦长老亦是达萨迦长老的共住弟子,他在自己戒师达萨迦长老面前领受后,同样诵出了律藏。在具寿索那迦座前领受后,通达律藏的凡夫等其数无量,漏尽者也恰好有一千位。悉伽婆长老亦是索那迦长老的共住弟子,他在自己戒师索那迦长老座前领受律藏后,成为那一千位阿罗汉的上首。而在具寿悉伽婆座前领受律藏后,通达者——凡夫、须陀洹、斯陀含、阿那含乃至漏尽者,其数量不可限定为几百或几千。据说,那时整个瞻部洲拥有极其庞大的比丘僧众。至于目犍连子帝须长老的威德,则将在第三次结集中彰显。应知此律藏在瞻部洲正是通过这样的师徒相承,一直传续至第三次结集。
Sammukhā uggahetvā bahūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ hadaye patiṭṭhāpesi. Tassa hāyasmato santike vinayavaṃsaṃ uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattesu puggalesu puthujjana-sotāpanna-sakadāgāmi-anāgāmino gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassamekaṃ ahosi. Dāsakattheropi tasseva saddhivihāriko ahosi, so upālittherassa sammukhā uggahetvā tatheva vinayaṃ vācesi. Tassāpi āyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanādayo gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassameva ahosi. Soṇakattheropi dāsakattherassa saddhivihāriko ahosi, sopi attano upajjhāyassa dāsakattherassa sammukhā uggahetvā tatheva vinayaṃ vācesi. Tassāpi āyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanādayo gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassameva ahosi. Siggavattheropi soṇakattherassa saddhivihāriko ahosi, sopi attano upajjhāyassa soṇakattherassa santike vinayaṃ uggahetvā arahantasahassassa dhuraggāho ahosi. Tassa panāyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjana-sotāpannasakadāgāmi-anāgāminopi khīṇāsavāpi ettakāni satānīti vā ettakāni sahassānīti vā aparicchinnā ahesuṃ. Tadā kira jambudīpe atimahābhikkhusamudāyo ahosi. Moggaliputtatissattherassa pana ānubhāvo tatiyasaṅgītiyaṃ pākaṭo bhavissati. Evamidaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ jambudīpe tāva imāya ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhatanti veditabbaṃ.
第二次结集论述。
Dutiyasaṅgītikathā
然而,为明了第二次结集,应知如下次第。即当:
Dutiyasaṅgītivijānanatthaṃ pana ayamanukkamo veditabbo. Yadā hi –
结集了正法,并令其光显于一切处时,
那五百位长老安住直至命终。
那些漏尽者具足光辉,以大迦叶为首的诸长老,
犹如耗尽灯油的灯盏,无有执著而般涅槃。
Saṅgāyitvāna saddhammaṃ, jotayitvā ca sabbadhi; Yāva jīvitapariyantaṃ, ṭhatvā pañcasatāpi te. Khīṇāsavā jutīmanto, therā kassapaādayo; Khīṇasnehapadīpāva, nibbāyiṃsu anālayā.
此后,随着昼夜更迭,世尊般涅槃百年之际,毗舍离的跋耆子比丘们在毗舍离宣扬了十事:‘角盐净、二指净、村内净、住处净、同意净、习惯净、不搅净、饮阇楼伽净、无边缘坐具净、金银净’。苏苏那伽之子,名为黑阿育的国王成为他们的支持者。
Athānukkamena gacchantesu rattindivesu vassasataparinibbute bhagavati vesālikā vajjiputtakā bhikkhū vesāliyaṃ ‘‘kappati siṅgīloṇakappo, kappati dvaṅgulakappo, kappati gāmantarakappo, kappati āvāsakappo, kappati anumatikappo, kappati āciṇṇakappo, kappati amathitakappo, kappati jaḷogiṃ pātuṃ, kappati adasakaṃ nisīdanaṃ, kappati jātarūparajata’’nti imāni dasa vatthūni dīpesuṃ. Tesaṃ susunāgaputto kāḷāsoko nāma rājā pakkho ahosi.
那时,具寿耶舍·迦乾陀迦子正在跋耆国游化。他听说‘毗舍离的跋耆子比丘们在毗舍离宣扬十事’后,心想:‘我听闻十力者的教法衰微,竟漠不关心,这实在不妥。且让我呵斥非法之说,显扬正法。’如此思惟后,便前往毗舍离。在那里,具寿耶舍·迦乾陀迦子安住于毗舍离大林的重阁讲堂。
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā yaso kākaṇḍakaputto vajjīsu cārikaṃ caramāno ‘‘vesālikā kira vajjiputtakā bhikkhū vesāliyaṃ dasa vatthūni dīpentī’’ti sutvā ‘‘na kho panetaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ dasabalassa sāsanavipattiṃ sutvā appossukko bhaveyyaṃ. Handāhaṃ adhammavādino niggahetvā dhammaṃ dīpemī’’ti cintento yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā yaso kākaṇḍakaputto vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ.
那时,毗舍离的跋耆子比丘们在布萨日,将铜盆盛满水,安放在比丘僧团中央,对前来参与的毗舍离在家信徒们这样说:‘贤友,请供养僧团一迦诃波那、半迦诃波那、四分之一迦诃波那,乃至一摩娑迦钱币,僧团将有资具所需。’凡所应说,乃至‘此律结集中,有不多不少七百比丘,因此这第二次结集称为七百结集’。
Tena kho pana samayena vesālikā vajjiputtakā bhikkhū tadahuposathe kaṃsapātiṃ udakena pūretvā majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa ṭhapetvā āgatāgate vesālike upāsake evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘dethāvuso, saṅghassa kahāpaṇampi aḍḍhampi pādampi māsakarūpampi, bhavissati saṅghassa parikkhārena karaṇīya’’nti sabbaṃ tāva vattabbaṃ, yāva ‘‘imāya pana vinayasaṅgītiyā satta bhikkhusatāni anūnāni anadhikāni ahesuṃ, tasmā ayaṃ dutiyasaṅgīti sattasatikāti vuccatī’’ti.
如此,在那次集会中,由具寿耶舍激励,一百二十万比丘聚集一处。集会中,由具寿离婆多提问,一切欲长老解答律藏,裁决了那十事,平息了诤事。随后,长老们说:“我们将再次结集法与律。”于是他们挑选了精通三藏、证得无碍解的七百位比丘,聚集在毗舍离的瓦利迦园,犹如大迦叶长老结集时那样,清除了教法的一切垢秽后,再次依藏、依部、依支、依法蕴,结集了一切法与律。这次结集历时八个月方才完成。此结集在世間——
Evaṃ tasmiñca sannipāte dvādasa bhikkhusatasahassāni sannipatiṃsu āyasmatā yasena samussāhitā. Tesaṃ majjhe āyasmatā revatena puṭṭhena sabbakāmittherena vinayaṃ vissajjentena tāni dasa vatthūni vinicchitāni, adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamitaṃ. Atha therā ‘‘puna dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyissāmā’’ti tipiṭakadhare pattapaṭisambhide sattasate bhikkhū uccinitvā vesāliyaṃ vālikārāme sannipatitvā mahākassapattherena saṅgāyitasadisameva sabbaṃ sāsanamalaṃ sodhetvā puna piṭakavasena nikāyavasena aṅgavasena dhammakkhandhavasena ca sabbaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyiṃsu. Ayaṃ saṅgīti aṭṭhahi māsehi niṭṭhitā. Yā loke –
由七百比丘所作,故得名“七百”;
依前次所作,故称为第二。
Satehi sattahi katā, tena sattasatāti ca; Pubbe kataṃ upādāya, dutiyāti ca vuccatīti.
由那些长老所结集,此结集便在他们当中著称;
萨跋迦弥、萨罗、雷瓦达、库迦索毗多。
耶舍与萨那桑菩多,这些是共住弟子;
这些长老是阿难长老的弟子,曾亲见如来。
须摩那与婆须跋伽弥,应知是共住弟子;
这两位是阿那律的弟子,曾亲见如来。
Yehi therehi saṅgītā, saṅgīti tesu vissutā; Sabbakāmī ca sāḷho ca, revato khujjasobhito. Yaso ca sāṇasambhūto, ete saddhivihārikā; Therā ānandatherassa, diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṃ. Sumano vāsabhagāmī ca, ñeyyā saddhivihārikā; Dve ime anuruddhassa, diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṃ. Dutiyo pana saṅgīto, yehi therehi saṅgaho; Sabbepi pannabhārā te, katakiccā anāsavāti.
这是第二次结集。
Ayaṃ dutiyasaṅgīti.
诸长老如此结集了这第二次结集后,观察道:‘未来,教法中是否也会出现这样的灾患呢?’他们观察时,见到了此事:‘自此一百一十八年后,于华氏城,将有一位名为法阿育的国王出世,统治整个赡部洲。他对佛陀的教法生起净信,将兴办广大的利养与恭敬。于是,外道们贪求利养恭敬,便出家进入教法,各自宣扬自己的见解。如此,教法中将会生起大灾患。’那时,他们心想:‘当这灾患生起时,我们会在场还是不在场呢?’那时,他们全都知道自己届时不在场,便心想:‘谁能有能力平息那件事呢?’他们观察整个人间和六欲天界,不见任何人,却在梵天界见到一位名为提萨的大梵天,他寿命短促,已修习了往生上梵天界之道。见到后,他们心想:‘如果我们为这位梵天在人世间出生而努力,他必定会在目犍连婆罗门家结生,然后凭借咒语的力量离家出家。如此出家后,他将学通全部佛语,证得无碍解,摧伏外道,判决那件事,令教法重振。’
Evamimaṃ dutiyasaṅgītiṃ saṅgāyitvā therā ‘‘uppajjissati nu kho anāgatepi sāsanassa evarūpaṃ abbuda’’nti olokayamānā imaṃ addasaṃsu – ‘‘ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse pāṭaliputte dhammāsoko nāma rājā uppajjitvā sakalajambudīpe rajjaṃ kāressati. So buddhasāsane pasīditvā mahantaṃ lābhasakkāraṃ pavattayissati. Tato titthiyā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā sāsane pabbajitvā sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paridīpessanti. Evaṃ sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissatī’’ti. Atha nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kinnu kho mayaṃ etasmiṃ abbude uppanne sammukhā bhavissāma, na bhavissāmā’’ti. Atha te sabbeva tadā attano asammukhabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘ko nu kho taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametuṃ samattho bhavissatī’’ti sakalaṃ manussalokaṃ chakāmāvacaradevalokañca olokentā na kañci disvā brahmaloke tissaṃ nāma mahābrahmānaṃ addasaṃsu parittāyukaṃ uparibrahmalokūpapattiyā bhāvitamaggaṃ. Disvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace mayaṃ etassa brahmuno manussaloke nibbattanatthāya ussāhaṃ kareyyāma, addhā esa moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gahessati. Tato ca mantehi palobhito nikkhamitvā pabbajissati. So evaṃ pabbajitvā sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā adhigatapaṭisambhido hutvā titthiye madditvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchitvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhissatī’’ti.
他们便前往梵天界,对大梵天提萨这样说:‘自此一百一十八年后,教法中将会生起大灾患。我们遍观整个人间与六欲天界,不见任何能弘扬教法者,当寻察梵天界时,唯见到了您。善哉,善士,请您承诺在人世间出生,以弘扬十力者的教法。’
Te brahmalokaṃ gantvā tissaṃ mahābrahmānaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissati. Mayañca sakalaṃ manussalokaṃ chakāmāvacaradevalokañca olokayamānā kañci sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samatthaṃ adisvā brahmalokaṃ vicinantā bhavantameva addasāma. Sādhu, sappurisa, manussaloke nibbattitvā dasabalassa sāsanaṃ paggaṇhituṃ paṭiññaṃ dehī’’ti.
听闻此言后,大梵天心想:‘我将能净化教法中出现的灾患,弘扬教法。’他欢喜踊跃,内心欣悦,答言‘善哉’,便给予了承诺。长老们在梵天界办妥了此事后,便再度返回。
Evaṃ vutte mahābrahmā, ‘‘ahaṃ kira sāsane uppannaṃ abbudaṃ sodhetvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samattho bhavissāmī’’ti haṭṭhapahaṭṭho udaggudaggo hutvā, ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā paṭiññaṃ adāsi. Therā brahmaloke taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā puna paccāgamiṃsu.
然而那时,锡迦瓦长老与旃陀跋提长老二位皆是新学比丘、年轻比丘,他们通达三藏,得无碍解,已是漏尽者,却不曾参与那件事。长老们说:“贤友们,你们在这件事上不曾作我们的助伴,因此要对你们施以处罚:‘一位名为提萨的梵天将在目犍连婆罗门家结生,你们之中一人要度他出家,一人要教他通达佛语。’”言毕,所有长老皆住世直至寿尽——
Tena kho pana samayena siggavatthero ca caṇḍavajjitthero ca dvepi navakā honti daharabhikkhū tipiṭakadharā pattapaṭisambhidā khīṇāsavā, te taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ na sampāpuṇiṃsu. Therā ‘‘tumhe, āvuso, amhākaṃ imasmiṃ adhikaraṇe no sahāyakā ahuvattha, tena vo idaṃ daṇḍakammaṃ hotu – ‘tisso nāma brahmā moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhissati, taṃ tumhākaṃ eko nīharitvā pabbājetu, eko buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhāpetū’’’ti vatvā sabbepi yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā –
以萨跋迦弥为首的长老们,那些具大神通者,
犹如大火聚燃耀世间,燃尽之后便般涅槃。
作第二次结集,清净教法;
也为未来正法的清净,建立了因缘;
诸漏尽者、得自在者、证无碍解者;
那些长老,终究也归于无常。
如是了知这无常卑劣、难以超越;
智者当努力证得那恒常、不死之境。
Sabbakāmippabhutayo, tepi therā mahiddhikā; Aggikkhandhāva lokamhi, jalitvā parinibbutā. Dutiyaṃ saṅgahaṃ katvā, visodhetvāna sāsanaṃ; Anāgatepi katvāna, hetuṃ saddhammasuddhiyā. Khīṇāsavā vasippatthā, pabhinnapaṭisambhidā; Aniccatāvasaṃ therā, tepi nāma upāgatā. Evaṃ aniccataṃ jammiṃ, ñatvā durabhisambhavaṃ; Taṃ pattuṃ vāyame dhīro, yaṃ niccaṃ amataṃ padanti.
第三次结集论述。
Tatiyasaṅgītikathā
大梵天提萨确实从梵天界死后,在目犍连婆罗门家中结生。锡迦瓦长老从他结生之日起,整整七年进入婆罗门家乞食,连一勺粥或一匙饭都未曾得到。七年过后,有一天只得到了“请进,尊者”这句话。就在那天,婆罗门从外面办事回来,在路上见到长老,问道:“出家人,您去过我们家了吗?”“是的,婆罗门,去过了。”“得到什么了吗?”“是的,婆罗门,得到了。”他回到家便问:“你们给了那出家人什么吗?”“我们什么也没给。”第二天,婆罗门就坐在家门口,心想:“今天我要用妄语来揭穿这出家人。”次日长老来到婆罗门家门口。婆罗门一见长老便说:“你们昨天在我们家什么也没得到,却说‘得到了’。你们这样妄语,合适吗?”长老答道:“婆罗门,我们七年间在您家连一句‘请进’都不曾得到,昨天才得到一句‘请进’。我们是依此款待而那样说的。”
Tissopi kho mahābrahmā brahmalokato cavitvā moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Siggavattheropi tassa paṭisandhiggahaṇato pabhuti satta vassāni brāhmaṇassa gehaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Ekadivasampi uḷuṅkamattaṃ vā yāguṃ kaṭacchumattaṃ vā bhattaṃ nālattha. Sattannaṃ pana vassānaṃ accayena ekadivasaṃ ‘‘aticchatha, bhante’’ti vacanamattaṃ alattha. Taṃdivasameva brāhmaṇopi bahiddhā kiñci karaṇīyaṃ katvā āgacchanto paṭipathe theraṃ disvā, ‘‘bho pabbajita, amhākaṃ gehaṃ agamitthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Āma, brāhmaṇa, agamimhā’’ti. ‘‘Api kiñci labhitthā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, brāhmaṇa, labhimhā’’ti. So gehaṃ gantvā pucchi – ‘‘tassa pabbajitassa kiñci adatthā’’ti? ‘‘Na kiñci adamhā’’ti. Brāhmaṇo dutiyadivase gharadvāreyeva nisīdi ‘‘ajja pabbajitaṃ musāvādena niggahessāmī’’ti. Thero dutiyadivase brāhmaṇassa gharadvāraṃ sampatto. Brāhmaṇo theraṃ disvāva evamāha – ‘‘tumhe hiyyo amhākaṃ gehe kiñci aladdhāyeva ‘labhimhā’ti avocuttha. Vaṭṭati nu kho tumhākaṃ musāvādo’’ti! Thero āha – ‘‘mayaṃ, brāhmaṇa, tumhākaṃ gehe satta vassāni ‘aticchathā’ti vacanamattampi alabhitvā hiyyo ‘aticchathā’ti vacanamattaṃ labhimha; athetaṃ paṭisanthāraṃ upādāya evamavocumhā’’ti.
婆罗门心想:“这些人仅仅得到一点寒暄,就称赞说‘我们得到了’,如果得到其他任何嚼食或啖食,为什么反而不称赞呢?”他生起净信,便从为自己备好的饭食中,施予一勺之量的食物以及相配的菜肴,并说:“这食物你们将恒常得到。”从翌日起,他见到前来托钵的长老威仪寂静,净信更增,便邀请长老常时来自己家中应供。长老答应后,每日用完斋饭离去时,都会略说少许佛语。而那位少年,恰好年约十六岁,通达三部吠陀。从梵天界投生而来的清净众生,其座位或床铺绝无他人坐卧。每当少年前往老师家时,家人便用白布覆盖他的床座并悬挂起来。长老心想:“现在正是让少年出家的时候了。我虽来此已久,却未曾与少年有过任何交谈。好吧,现在就用这个方法,借着这张床座,让他生起话题。”于是长老来到他家,决意使屋内除了为少年保留的那张床座之外,不现任何其他座位。婆罗门的家人见到长老,找不到其他座位,便铺开少年的床座供养长老。长老坐在了床座上。少年也恰好在那时从老师家回来,看见长老坐在自己的床座上,愤怒不悦地说:“谁把我的床座铺给了沙门?”
Brāhmaṇo cintesi – ‘‘ime paṭisanthāramattampi labhitvā ‘labhimhā’ti pasaṃsanti, aññaṃ kiñci khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ labhitvā kasmā na pasaṃsantī’’ti pasīditvā attano atthāya paṭiyāditabhattato kaṭacchumattaṃ bhikkhaṃ tadupiyañca byañjanaṃ dāpetvā ‘‘imaṃ bhikkhaṃ sabbakālaṃ tumhe labhissathā’’ti āha . So punadivasato pabhuti upasaṅkamantassa therassa upasamaṃ disvā bhiyyosomattāya pasīditvā theraṃ niccakālaṃ attano ghare bhattavissaggakaraṇatthāya yāci. Thero adhivāsetvā divase divase bhattakiccaṃ katvā gacchanto thokaṃ thokaṃ buddhavacanaṃ kathetvā gacchati. Sopi kho māṇavako soḷasavassuddesikoyeva tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū ahosi. Brahmalokato āgatasuddhasattassa āsane vā sayane vā añño koci nisajjitā vā nipajjitā vā natthi. So yadā ācariyagharaṃ gacchati, tadāssa mañcapīṭhaṃ setena vatthena paṭicchādetvā laggetvā ṭhapenti. Thero cintesi – ‘‘samayo dāni māṇavakaṃ pabbājetuṃ, cirañca me idhāgacchantassa, na ca kāci māṇavakena saddhiṃ kathā uppajjati. Handa dāni iminā upāyena pallaṅkaṃ nissāya uppajjissatī’’ti gehaṃ gantvā yathā tasmiṃ gehe ṭhapetvā māṇavakassa pallaṅkaṃ aññaṃ na kiñci āsanaṃ dissati tathā adhiṭṭhāsi. Brāhmaṇassa gehajano theraṃ disvā aññaṃ kiñci āsanaṃ apassanto māṇavakassa pallaṅkaṃ attharitvā therassa adāsi. Nisīdi thero pallaṅke. Māṇavakopi kho taṅkhaṇaññeva ācariyagharā āgamma theraṃ attano pallaṅke nisinnaṃ disvā kupito anattamano ‘‘ko mama pallaṅkaṃ samaṇassa paññapesī’’ti āha.
长老用完斋饭,待少年怒气平息后,这样问道:“少年,你懂得什么咒语吗?”少年说:“出家人尊者,若我如今还不懂咒语,还有谁能懂呢?”接着反问长老:“那您可懂得咒语?”长老说:“你问吧,少年,问了才能知道。”于是少年就三部吠陀——连同词汇、仪轨、音韵、词源,以及作为第五的史传——之中,那些他看不明白、连他的老师也未曾见过的种种难点和义理,一一向长老提问。长老本就通达三部吠陀,如今更证得无碍解,回答这些问题对他毫无困难,当即解答了。然后他对少年说:“少年,我问了你许多;现在我也问你一个问题,你能为我解答吗?”少年答:“能,出家人尊者,请问,我会解答。”长老便以心双论的方式提出了这个问题——
Thero bhattakiccaṃ katvā vūpasante māṇavakassa caṇḍikkabhāve evamāha – ‘‘kiṃ pana tvaṃ, māṇavaka, kiñci mantaṃ jānāsī’’ti? Māṇavako ‘‘bho pabbajita, mayi dāni mante ajānante aññe ke jānissantī’’ti vatvā, theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘tumhe pana mantaṃ jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Puccha, māṇavaka, pucchitvā sakkā jānitu’’nti. Atha kho māṇavako tīsu vedesu sanighaṇḍukeṭubhesu sākkharappabhedesu itihāsapañcamesu yāni yāni gaṇṭhiṭṭhānāni, yesaṃ yesaṃ nayaṃ neva attanā passati nāpissa ācariyo addasa, tesu tesu theraṃ pucchi. Thero ‘‘pakatiyāpi tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū, idāni pana paṭisambhidāppatto, tenassa natthi tesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjane bhāro’’ti tāvadeva te pañhe vissajjetvā māṇavakaṃ āha – ‘‘māṇavaka, ahaṃ tayā bahuṃ pucchito; ahampi dāni taṃ ekaṃ pañhaṃ pucchāmi, byākarissasi me’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bho pabbajita, puccha byākarissāmī’’ti. Thero cittayamake imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi –
若有人心生起而不灭,那么他的心将灭而不生;或者,若有人心将灭而不生,那么他的心便生起而不灭?
‘‘Yassa cittaṃ uppajjati na nirujjhati tassa cittaṃ nirujjhissati nuppajjissati; yassa vā pana cittaṃ nirujjhissati nuppajjissati tassa cittaṃ uppajjati na nirujjhatī’’ti?
那位少年比丘既无法向上推导,也无法向下推导,便问道:“出家人,这到底是什么?”长老回答:“少年,这叫做佛咒。”少年说:“尊者,这可以传授给我吗?”长老回答:“可以,少年,但只能传授给如我们一样受持出家戒的人。”于是少年便来到父母面前,说:“这位出家人懂得一种名为佛咒的咒语,但他不愿传授给未在他座下出家之人。我想到他座下出家,去学习这咒语。”
Māṇavo uddhaṃ vā adho vā harituṃ asakkonto ‘‘kiṃ nāma, bho pabbajita, ida’’nti āha. ‘‘Buddhamanto nāmāyaṃ, māṇavā’’ti. ‘‘Sakkā panāyaṃ, bho, mayhampi dātu’’nti. ‘‘Sakkā māṇava, amhehi gahitapabbajjaṃ gaṇhantassa dātu’’nti. Tato māṇavo mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘ayaṃ pabbajito buddhamantaṃ nāma jānāti, na ca attano santike apabbajitassa deti, ahaṃ etassa santike pabbajitvā mantaṃ uggaṇhissāmī’’ti.
他的父母便心想:“即使出了家,我们的儿子也能学到咒语,学成之后他自会回来的。”于是便许可道:“去学吧,儿子。”长老为这孩子剃度后,先为他讲授了三十二身分这一业处。他依此修习,不久便安住于须陀洹果。之后长老思惟:“这沙弥已证须陀洹果,如今已无退转还俗的可能。但若我继续为他增进业处而教授,他可能会证得阿罗汉果,到那时便会少事务而少造作,不再广学佛语。现在是该把他送到阐陀伐吉长老那里去的时候了。”于是长老说道:“来,沙弥,你到那位长老座前去学习佛语。代我向他问安,并这样禀告:‘尊者,我的戒师遣我前来尊者座下。’如果他问:‘你的戒师叫什么名字?’你就说:‘尊者,名叫尸伽婆长老。’若他再问:‘那我叫什么名字?’你就这样回禀:‘尊者,我的戒师知道您的名讳。’”
Athassa mātāpitaro ‘‘pabbajitvāpi no putto mante gaṇhatu, gahetvā punāgamissatī’’ti maññamānā ‘‘uggaṇha, puttā’’ti anujāniṃsu. Thero dārakaṃ pabbājetvā dvattiṃsākārakammaṭṭhānaṃ tāva ācikkhi. So tattha parikammaṃ karonto nacirasseva sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Tato thero cintesi – ‘‘sāmaṇero sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhito, abhabbo dāni sāsanato nivattituṃ. Sace panassāhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā katheyyaṃ, arahattaṃ pāpuṇeyya, appossukko bhaveyya buddhavacanaṃ gahetuṃ, samayo dāni naṃ caṇḍavajjittherassa santikaṃ pesetu’’nti. Tato āha – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, sāmaṇera, therassa santikaṃ gantvā buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇha. Mama vacanena tañca ārogyaṃ puccha; evañca vadehi – ‘upajjhāyo maṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pahiṇī’ti. ‘Ko nāma te upajjhāyo’ti ca vutte ‘siggavatthero nāma, bhante’ti vadeyyāsi. ‘Ahaṃ ko nāmā’ti vutte evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘mama upajjhāyo, bhante, tumhākaṃ nāmaṃ jānātī’’’ti.
“是的,尊者。”帝思沙弥回答后,向长老顶礼、右绕,随后依次来到旃陀跋耆长老前,礼敬后站在一旁。长老问沙弥:“你从何处来?”沙弥答:“尊者,我的戒师遣我前来。”长老问:“你的戒师何名?”沙弥答:“尊者,戒师名尸伽婆长老。”长老问:“我何名?”沙弥答:“尊者,戒师知您之名。”长老说:“且去安放你的钵与袈裟。”沙弥答:“是,尊者。”便安置好钵与袈裟。次日,他清扫了僧房,备好水和齿木。长老将他扫过之处重新扫净,倒掉那水,另取新水,又取走那齿木,另换一根。如此过了七日,第七日长老再问,沙弥仍如前回答。长老认出“此人确是婆罗门”,便问:“你为何而来?”沙弥答:“尊者,为学佛语。”长老说:“那么,沙弥,现在就学吧。”从翌日起,长老便教授佛语。帝思在沙弥位时,除了律藏,便已学完全部佛语及其注释。受具足戒后,虽尚在依止期,却已成为三藏持者。他的戒师与亲教师将全部佛语交付目犍连子帝思长老手中后,尽其形寿……”},{
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho tisso sāmaṇero theraṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā anupubbena caṇḍavajjittherassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Thero sāmaṇeraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kuto āgatosī’’ti? ‘‘Upajjhāyo maṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pahiṇī’’ti. ‘‘Ko nāma te upajjhāyo’’ti? ‘‘Siggavatthero nāma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ ko nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Mama upajjhāyo, bhante, tumhākaṃ nāmaṃ jānātī’’ti. ‘‘Pattacīvaraṃ dāni paṭisāmehī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti sāmaṇero pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā punadivase pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā udakadantaponaṃ upaṭṭhāpesi. Thero tassa sammajjitaṭṭhānaṃ puna sammajji . Taṃ udakaṃ chaḍḍetvā aññaṃ udakaṃ āhari. Tañca dantakaṭṭhaṃ apanetvā aññaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ gaṇhi. Evaṃ satta divasāni katvā sattame divase puna pucchi. Sāmaṇero punapi pubbe kathitasadisameva kathesi. Thero ‘‘so vatāyaṃ brāhmaṇo’’ti sañjānitvā ‘‘kimatthaṃ āgatosī’’ti āha. ‘‘Buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhatthāya, bhante’’ti. Thero ‘‘uggaṇha dāni, sāmaṇerā’’ti vatvā puna divasato pabhuti buddhavacanaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Tisso sāmaṇerova hutvā, ṭhapetvā vinayapiṭakaṃ sabbaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhi saddhiṃ aṭṭhakathāya. Upasampannakāle pana avassikova samāno tipiṭakadharo ahosi. Ācariyupajjhāyā moggaliputtatissattherassa hatthe sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā parinibbāyiṃsu. Moggaliputtatissattheropi aparena samayena kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattappatto bahūnaṃ dhammavinayaṃ vācesi.
然而,那时宾头娑罗王有一百个儿子。除了与自己同母的帝思王子外,阿育王把他们全部杀了。在杀戮期间,他未灌顶而执政四年;四年过后,于如来般涅槃后二百一十八年,在全赡部洲洲获得了独一王权的灌顶。凭借灌顶的威力,他获得了这些王权神通:在大地之下一由旬范围内,他的命令得以通行;同样,在天空之上,诸天神每天用八根扁担从阿耨达池取来十六瓶饮用水。他于佛教中生起信心后,将八瓶施予比丘僧团,两瓶施予约六十位三藏持者比丘,两瓶施予第一王后阿僧祇蜜多,四瓶自己受用。诸天神每天从雪山取来名为龙蔓齿木的齿木,它润泽、柔软、有滋味,以此满足国王、王后、一万六千舞女以及约六万比丘每日的嚼齿木所需。诸天神还每天为他带来阿伽陀余甘子、阿伽陀诃梨勒,以及金色、具足香气和滋味的芒果。同样,从六牙湖带来五色下衣和上衣、黄色拂尘布,以及天界饮品。龙王们每天从龙宫为他带来沐浴香、涂身香、用作衣物的非织造茉莉花布、贵重的眼药。鹦鹉每天从六牙湖运来九千车在那里生长的稻米。老鼠将这些稻米去壳,没有一粒碎米,国王在所有地方都只食用这种米。蜜蜂酿造蜂蜜。金翅鸟在铁匠铺里敲打铁砧。迦陵频伽鸟前来,发出悦耳的鸣声,为国王服役。
Tena kho pana samayena bindusārassa rañño ekasataputtā ahesuṃ. Te sabbe asoko attanā saddhiṃ ekamātikaṃ tissakumāraṃ ṭhapetvā ghātesi. Ghātento ca cattāri vassāni anabhisittova rajjaṃ kāretvā catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena tathāgatassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sakalajambudīpe ekarajjābhisekaṃ pāpuṇi . Abhisekānubhāvena cassa imā rājiddhiyo āgatā – mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhā yojanappamāṇe āṇā pavattati; tathā upari ākāse anotattadahato aṭṭhahi kājehi soḷasa pānīyaghaṭe divase divase devatā āharanti, yato sāsane uppannasaddho hutvā aṭṭha ghaṭe bhikkhusaṅghassa adāsi, dve ghaṭe saṭṭhimattānaṃ tipiṭakadharabhikkhūnaṃ, dve ghaṭe aggamahesiyā asandhimittāya, cattāro ghaṭe attanā paribhuñji; devatāeva himavante nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma atthi siniddhaṃ mudukaṃ rasavantaṃ taṃ divase divase āharanti, yena rañño ca mahesiyā ca soḷasannañca nāṭakitthisahassānaṃ saṭṭhimattānañca bhikkhusahassānaṃ devasikaṃ dantaponakiccaṃ nippajjati. Devasikameva cassa devatā agadāmalakaṃ agadaharītakaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇañca gandharasasampannaṃ ambapakkaṃ āharanti. Tathā chaddantadahato pañcavaṇṇanivāsanapāvuraṇaṃ pītakavaṇṇahatthapucchanapaṭakaṃ dibbañca pānakaṃ āharanti. Devasikameva panassa nhānagandhaṃ anuvilepanagandhaṃ pārupanatthāya asuttamayikaṃ sumanapupphapaṭaṃ mahārahañca añjanaṃ nāgabhavanato nāgarājāno āharanti. Chaddantadaheva uṭṭhitassa sālino nava vāhasahassāni divase divase sukā āharanti. Mūsikā nitthusakaṇe karonti, ekopi khaṇḍataṇḍulo na hoti, rañño sabbaṭṭhānesu ayameva taṇḍulo paribhogaṃ gacchati. Madhumakkhikā madhuṃ karonti. Kammārasālāsu acchā kūṭaṃ paharanti. Karavīkasakuṇā āgantvā madhurassaraṃ vikūjantā rañño balikammaṃ karonti.
具足如此神通的国王,于一日遣人持金锁链,将曾见四佛、寿量一劫的迦罗龙王请来,令坐于白伞下之大宝座上,以数百种色泽的水生与陆生花朵及金花供养,并令一万六千名众宝严饰的舞女四面围绕,而后说道:“请为我显现那位无量智者、转正法轮者、正自觉者的形象,让我双眼得以亲见。”龙王所化现的佛陀形象,全身辉耀散发布施等功德光辉所成就的八十随好与三十二大丈夫相,犹如水面遍满盛开的莲花、红莲、白莲,又如夜空闪烁星网般明净璀璨,被蓝、黄、红等种种色光交织而成的一寻光环所环绕,宛如金山峰巅为彩虹与闪电所拱卫,顶上辉耀种种清净无垢的光鬘,成为梵天、天神、人类、龙、夜叉等众生的目之甘露。国王瞻仰此佛像,连续七日行所谓的“眼供养”。
Imāhi iddhīhi samannāgato rājā ekadivasaṃ suvaṇṇasaṅkhalikabandhanaṃ pesetvā catunnaṃ buddhānaṃ adhigatarūpadassanaṃ kappāyukaṃ kāḷaṃ nāma nāgarājānaṃ ānayitvā setacchattassa heṭṭhā mahārahe pallaṅke nisīdāpetvā anekasatavaṇṇehi jalaja thalajapupphehi suvaṇṇapupphehi ca pūjaṃ katvā sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitehi soḷasahi nāṭakitthisahassehi samantato parikkhipitvā ‘‘anantañāṇassa tāva me saddhammavaracakkavattino sammāsambuddhassa rūpaṃ imesaṃ akkhīnaṃ āpāthaṃ karohī’’ti vatvā tena nimmitaṃ sakalasarīravippakiṇṇapuññappabhāvanibbattāsītānubyañjanapaṭimaṇḍitadvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasassirīkatāya vikasitakamaluppalapuṇḍarīkapaṭimaṇḍitamiva salilatalaṃ tārāgaṇarasmijālavisadavipphuritasobhāsamujjalitamiva gaganatalaṃ nīlapītalohitādibhedavicitravaṇṇaraṃsivinaddhabyāmappabhāparikkhepavilāsitāya sañcāppabhānurāgaindadhanuvijjulatāparikkhittamiva kanakagirisikharaṃ nānāvirāgavimalaketumālāsamujjalitacārumatthakasobhaṃ nayanarasāyatanamiva brahmadevamanujanāgayakkhagaṇānaṃ buddharūpaṃ passanto satta divasāni akkhipūjaṃ nāma akāsi.
据说,国王灌顶之后,前三年护持外道,第四年才对佛法生起信心。据说他的父亲宾杜萨罗王是婆罗门的供养者,为婆罗门、婆罗门种姓的外道以及白袍游方僧等约六万人安排了常供。阿育王也在自己的内宫中,如同父亲所行的布施那样进行供养。一日,他站在狮栏中,看见那些外道以不寂静、放逸的威仪进食,诸根不调、行为不律,便思惟:‘这样的布施,应当审察之后施予合适之处。’如此思惟后,他对大臣们说:‘去吧,把你们各自认为卓越的沙门、婆罗门请到内宫来,我要作布施。’大臣们答道:‘遵命,陛下。’他们应允国王后,便请来了那些白袍游方僧、邪命外道、尼乾子等,禀报说:‘大王,这些是我们的阿罗汉。’
Rājā kira abhisekaṃ pāpuṇitvā tīṇiyeva saṃvaccharāni bāhirakapāsaṇḍaṃ pariggaṇhi. Catutthe saṃvacchare buddhasāsane pasīdi. Tassa kira pitā bindusāro brāhmaṇabhatto ahosi, so brāhmaṇānañca brāhmaṇajātiyapāsaṇḍānañca paṇḍaraṅgaparibbājakādīnaṃ saṭṭhisahassamattānaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Asokopi pitarā pavattitaṃ dānaṃ attano antepure tatheva dadamāno ekadivasaṃ sīhapañjare ṭhito te upasamaparibāhirena ācārena bhuñjamāne asaṃyatindriye avinītairiyāpathe disvā cintesi – ‘‘īdisaṃ dānaṃ upaparikkhitvā yuttaṭṭhāne dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Evaṃ cintetvā amacce āha – ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, attano attano sādhusammate samaṇabrāhmaṇe antepuraṃ atiharatha, dānaṃ dassāmā’’ti. Amaccā ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño paṭissuṇitvā te te paṇḍaraṅgaparibbājakājīvakanigaṇṭhādayo ānetvā ‘‘ime, mahārāja, amhākaṃ arahanto’’ti āhaṃsu.
于是,国王在内宫中铺设了高下不同的座位,传唤‘请进’之后,对来者说:‘请各自在合适的座位上就座。’他们当中有些人坐在精美的座椅上,有些人坐在木板座上。国王见此,知道‘这些人内在空无实质’,便给予相宜的嚼食与啖食后,打发他们离去。
Atha rājā antepure uccāvacāni āsanāni paññapetvā ‘‘āgacchantū’’ti vatvā āgatāgate āha – ‘‘attano attano patirūpe āsane nisīdathā’’ti . Tesu ekacce bhaddapīṭhakesu, ekacce phalakapīṭhakesu nisīdiṃsu. Te disvā rājā ‘‘natthi nesaṃ anto sāro’’ti ñatvā tesaṃ anurūpaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ datvā uyyojesi.
过了一些时日,一天,国王站在狮栏中,望见尼拘陀沙弥正经过王宫庭院,他调伏诸根,防护心意,诸根寂静,威仪圆满。那么,这位尼拘陀是谁呢?他是宾杜萨罗王的长子苏摩那王子的儿子。
Evaṃ gacchante kāle ekadivasaṃ rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito addasa nigrodhasāmaṇeraṃ rājaṅgaṇena gacchantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Ko panāyaṃ nigrodho nāma? Bindusārarañño jeṭṭhaputtassa sumanarājakumārassa putto.
在此有一段次第叙述:
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā –
据说,在宾杜萨罗王年老体衰时,阿育王子舍下了自己所得的郁阇尼王国,赶来将整座都城控制于手中,并擒获了苏摩那王子。就在同一天,苏摩那王子的妃子苏摩那正怀胎足月。她改扮后逃出,前往不远处的一个旃陀罗村,在靠近旃陀罗头领家不远处的一棵尼拘陀树下,听见住在那里的天神说:‘来这里,苏摩那!’她便走到天神跟前。天神以神通化现出一座厅堂,说:‘就住在这里吧。’她便进入了厅堂。就在第二天,她生下了一个儿子。因为受到尼拘陀树神的护佑,她便为他取名‘尼拘陀’。旃陀罗头领从见到她的那天起,便视她如主人之女般恭敬,并安排日常供养。她住在那里七年,尼拘陀王子也已长到七岁。那时,一位名叫大瓦卢那的阿罗汉长老,见到这孩子的善根因缘,便住在附近守护他,心想:‘这孩子如今七岁了,是让他出家的时候了。’他告知她之后,便让尼拘陀王子出家。王子在剃度之时便证得了阿罗汉果。有一天,他清晨整好威仪,履行了对戒师与教授师的义务后,取衣持钵,心想‘我要去母亲优婆夷的家门口’,便出发了。而母亲的住所,须
Bindusārarañño kira dubbalakāleyeva asokakumāro attanā laddhaṃ ujjenīrajjaṃ pahāya āgantvā sabbanagaraṃ attano hatthagataṃ katvā sumanarājakumāraṃ aggahesi. Taṃdivasameva sumanassa rājakumārassa sumanā nāma devī paripuṇṇagabbhā ahosi. Sā aññātakavesena nikkhamitvā avidūre aññataraṃ caṇḍālagāmaṃ sandhāya gacchantī jeṭṭhakacaṇḍālassa gehato avidūre aññatarasmiṃ nigrodharukkhe adhivatthāya devatāya ‘‘ito ehi, sumane’’ti vadantiyā saddaṃ sutvā tassā samīpaṃ gatā. Devatā attano ānubhāvena ekaṃ sālaṃ nimminitvā ‘‘ettha vasāhī’’ti adāsi. Sā taṃ sālaṃ pāvisi. Gatadivaseyeva ca puttaṃ vijāyi. Sā tassa nigrodhadevatāya pariggahitattā ‘‘nigrodho’’ tveva nāmaṃ akāsi. Jeṭṭhakacaṇḍālo diṭṭhadivasato pabhuti taṃ attano sāmidhītaraṃ viya maññamāno nibaddhavattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Rājadhītā tattha satta vassāni vasi. Nigrodhakumāropi sattavassiko jāto. Tadā mahāvaruṇatthero nāma eko arahā dārakassa hetusampadaṃ disvā rakkhitvā tattha viharamāno ‘‘sattavassiko dāni dārako, kālo naṃ pabbājetu’’nti cintetvā rājadhītāya ārocāpetvā nigrodhakumāraṃ pabbājesi. Kumāro khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. So ekadivasaṃ pātova sarīraṃ jaggitvā ācariyupajjhāyavattaṃ katvā pattacīvaramādāya ‘‘mātuupāsikāya gehadvāraṃ gacchāmī’’ti nikkhami. Mātunivāsanaṭṭhānañcassa dakkhiṇadvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā nagaramajjhena gantvā pācīnadvārena nikkhamitvā gantabbaṃ hoti.
那时,法王阿育正面向东方,在狮栏中经行。就在这时,尼拘陀来到了王宫庭院,他诸根寂静,内心宁静,目光垂视约一轭之距。因此,经中说:‘一天,国王站在狮栏中,看见尼拘陀沙弥正经过王宫庭院,他调伏、防护、诸根寂静、威仪圆满。’国王见到他后,心想:‘这些人心念散乱,犹如受惊之鹿。而这个孩子却心不散乱,他的瞻视、俯仰、屈伸都极为庄严。想必,他内里定具出世间法。’国王一见到沙弥,心中便生起净信与爱念。何以故?据说,往昔修习善业时,这位国王曾是这位沙弥的长兄,是一位商人。正如经中所说:
Tena ca samayena asoko dhammarājā pācīnadisābhimukho sīhapañjare caṅkamati. Taṅkhaṇaññeva nigrodho rājaṅgaṇaṃ sampāpuṇi santindriyo santamānaso yugamattaṃ pekkhamāno. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ekadivasaṃ rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito addasa nigrodhasāmaṇeraṃ rājaṅgaṇena gacchantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ iriyāpathasampanna’’nti. Disvā panassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ jano sabbopi vikkhittacitto bhantamigappaṭibhāgo. Ayaṃ pana dārako avikkhittacitto ativiya cassa ālokitavilokitaṃ samiñjanapasāraṇañca sobhati. Addhā etassa abbhantare lokuttaradhammo bhavissatī’’ti rañño saha dassaneneva sāmaṇere cittaṃ pasīdi, pemaṃ saṇṭhahi. Kasmā? Pubbe hi kira puññakaraṇakāle esa rañño jeṭṭhabhātā vāṇijako ahosi. Vuttampi hetaṃ –
往昔的共住,或现世的饶益,
爱念便如是生起,犹如水中青莲。
‘‘Pubbe va sannivāsena, paccuppannahitena vā; Evaṃ taṃ jāyate pemaṃ, uppalaṃ va yathodake’’ti. (jā. 1.2.174);
于是,国王生起爱念,满心恭敬,便派遣大臣道:“去请那位沙弥来。”见他们迟迟未归,又派了两三人去传话:“请速速前来。”沙弥仍以平常的步履缓行而来。国王备好合适的座位后,说:“请坐。”沙弥环顾四周,知无其他比丘在场,便走近那撑起白伞的王座,示意国王接钵。国王一见沙弥走近王座,心想:“就在今日,这位沙弥将成为这殿堂的主人。”沙弥将钵放入国王手中,登上王座坐下。国王将自己所备的粥、硬食、软食等尽数供养沙弥。沙弥只取用了仅足活命的份量。饭食毕,国王问:“你可知道导师给你们制定的教诫吗?”“大王,我知道一部分。”“孩子,也请为我讲讲吧。”“好的,大王。”于是,沙弥便为国王诵出《法句经》中不放逸品的相应偈颂,用作随喜开示。
Atha rājā sañjātapemo sabahumāno ‘‘etaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ pakkosathā’’ti amacce pesesi. ‘‘Te aticirāyantī’’ti puna dve tayo pesesi – ‘‘turitaṃ āgacchatū’’ti. Sāmaṇero attano pakatiyā eva agamāsi. Rājā patirūpamāsanaṃ ñatvā ‘‘nisīdathā’’ti āha. So ito cito ca viloketvā ‘‘natthi dāni aññe bhikkhū’’ti samussitasetacchattaṃ rājapallaṅkaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pattaggahaṇatthāya rañño ākāraṃ dassesi. Rājā taṃ pallaṅkasamīpaṃ upagacchantaṃyeva disvā cintesi – ‘‘ajjeva dāni ayaṃ sāmaṇero imassa gehassa sāmiko bhavissatī’’ti sāmaṇero rañño hatthe pattaṃ datvā pallaṅkaṃ abhiruhitvā nisīdi. Rājā attano atthāya sampāditaṃ sabbaṃ yāgukhajjakabhattavikatiṃ upanāmesi. Sāmaṇero attano yāpanīyamattakameva sampaṭicchi. Bhattakiccāvasāne rājā āha – ‘‘satthārā tumhākaṃ dinnovādaṃ jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Jānāmi, mahārāja, ekadesenā’’ti. ‘‘Tāta, mayhampi naṃ kathehī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, mahārājā’’ti rañño anurūpaṃ dhammapade appamādavaggaṃ anumodanatthāya abhāsi.
国王一听到“不放逸是不死之道,放逸是死亡之道”,便说:“我知道了,孩子,请结束吧。”随喜结束时,他又说:“孩子,我给你八份常供。”沙弥说道:“陛下,我把这些供养给我的戒师。”国王问:“孩子,你所说的戒师是谁?”答:“是见到犯与不犯后,予以呵责和提醒的人,陛下。”国王说:“孩子,我再给你另外八份。”沙弥说:“陛下,我把这些供养给我的教授师。”国王问:“孩子,你所说的教授师是谁?”答:“是于此教法中,令我安立于应学之法的人,陛下。”国王说:“很好,孩子,我再给你另外八份。”沙弥说:“陛下,这些我也供养给比丘僧团。”国王问:“孩子,你所说的比丘僧团是谁?”答:“陛下,我们是依止他们,我的教授师、戒师和我才得以出家与受具足戒。”国王更加满心欢喜,说道:“孩子,我再给你另外八份。”沙弥回答“好的”并接受后,第二天便带着三十二位比丘进入王宫,用完斋饭。国王说:“明天,你们再带另外三十二位比丘一同来应供。”就这样,国王用这种方法逐日增加,停止了六万婆罗门和游方者等人的供养,在王宫内为六万比丘设立了常供。这正是
Rājā pana ‘‘appamādo amatapadaṃ, pamādo maccuno pada’’nti sutvāva ‘‘aññātaṃ, tāta, pariyosāpehī’’ti āha. Anumodanāvasāne ca ‘‘aṭṭha te, tāta, dhuvabhattāni dammī’’ti āha. Sāmaṇero āha – ‘‘etāni ahaṃ upajjhāyassa dammi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ, tāta, upajjhāyo nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Vajjāvajjaṃ disvā codetā sāretā ca, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Aññānipi te, tāta, aṭṭha dammī’’ti. ‘‘Etāni ācariyassa dammi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ, tāta, ācariyo nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Imasmiṃ sāsane sikkhitabbakadhammesu patiṭṭhāpetā, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, tāta, aññānipi te aṭṭha dammī’’ti. ‘‘Etānipi bhikkhusaṅghassa dammi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ, tāta, bhikkhusaṅgho nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Yaṃ nissāya , mahārāja, amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānañca mama ca pabbajjā ca upasampadā cā’’ti. Rājā bhiyyoso mattāya tuṭṭhacitto āha – ‘‘aññānipi te, tāta, aṭṭha dammī’’ti. Sāmaṇero ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā punadivase dvattiṃsa bhikkhū gahetvā rājantepuraṃ pavisitvā bhattakiccamakāsi. Rājā ‘‘aññepi dvattiṃsa bhikkhū tumhehi saddhiṃ sve bhikkhaṃ gaṇhantū’’ti eteneva upāyena divase divase vaḍḍhāpento saṭṭhisahassānaṃ brāhmaṇaparibbājakādīnaṃ bhattaṃ upacchinditvā antonivesane saṭṭhisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi nigrodhatthere gateneva pasādena. Nigrodhattheropi rājānaṃ saparisaṃ tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu ca sīlesu patiṭṭhāpetvā buddhasāsane pothujjanikena pasādena acalappasādaṃ katvā patiṭṭhāpesi. Puna rājā asokārāmaṃ nāma mahāvihāraṃ kāretvā saṭṭhisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Sakalajambudīpe caturāsītiyā nagarasahassesu caturāsītivihārasahassāni kārāpesi caturāsītisahassacetiyapaṭimaṇḍitāni dhammeneva, no adhammena.
据说有一天,国王在阿育园作了大布施后,坐在六万比丘僧团中间,以四资具邀请僧团后,这样问道:“尊者,世尊所宣说的法,究竟有多少?”答:“陛下,从部类来说有九分教,从蕴聚来说有八万四千法蕴。”国王对法生起净信后,心想:“我要以每一座寺院来供养每一个法蕴。”便在一天之内布施了九十六俱胝财富,并命令大臣们:“来,你们去,在每一座城镇各建造一座寺院,在八万四千座城镇中建造八万四千座寺院。”他自己也在阿育园为阿育大寺的工程奠基开工。僧团委派了一位名叫因陀掘多的、大神通、大威力、已尽诸漏的长老作为工程监督。长老以自身的神通力,将那些未完成的部分一一完成。就这样,寺院工程在三年内全部完成。同一天,所有城镇的信件都送到了。
Ekadivasaṃ kira rājā asokārāme mahādānaṃ datvā saṭṭhisahassabhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe nisajja saṅghaṃ catūhi paccayehi pavāretvā imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhante, bhagavatā desitadhammo nāma kittako hotī’’ti? ‘‘Aṅgato, mahārāja, navaṅgāni, khandhato caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti. Rājā dhamme pasīditvā ‘‘ekekaṃ dhammakkhandhaṃ ekekavihārena pūjessāmī’’ti ekadivasameva channavutikoṭidhanaṃ visajjetvā amacce āṇāpesi – ‘‘etha, bhaṇe, ekamekasmiṃ nagare ekamekaṃ vihāraṃ kārāpentā caturāsītiyā nagarasahassesu caturāsītivihārasahassāni kārāpethā’’ti. Sayañca asokārāme asokamahāvihāratthāya kammaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Saṅgho indaguttattheraṃ nāma mahiddhikaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ navakammādhiṭṭhāyakaṃ adāsi. Thero yaṃ yaṃ na niṭṭhāti taṃ taṃ attano ānubhāvena niṭṭhāpesi. Evampi tīhi saṃvaccharehi vihārakammaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Ekadivasameva sabbanagarehi paṇṇāni āgamiṃsu.
大臣们向国王报告:“陛下,八万四千座寺院已建成。”国王便命人在城中击鼓宣告:“自今日起,七日后将举行寺院庆典。所有人都要受持八条戒律,在城内与城外为寺院庆典作准备。”七日后,国王由数十万庄严无比的四军军队围绕,巡行于城市。彼时,广大民众以欲使此城胜过天界阿摩罗瓦提王都之辉煌的热忱,将城市装饰与布置一新。国王巡行完毕,前往寺院,站在比丘僧团中间。
Amaccā rañño ārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitāni, deva, caturāsītivihārasahassānī’’ti. Rājā nagare bheriṃ carāpesi – ‘‘ito sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena vihāramaho bhavissati. Sabbe aṭṭha sīlaṅgāni samādiyitvā antonagare ca bahinagare ca vihāramahaṃ paṭiyādentū’’ti. Tato sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitāya anekasatasahassasaṅkhyāya caturaṅginiyā senāya parivuto devaloke amaravatiyā rājadhāniyā sirito adhikatarasassirīkaṃ viya nagaraṃ kātukāmena ussāhajātena mahājanena alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ nagaraṃ anuvicaranto vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe aṭṭhāsi.
那时,聚集的比丘有八十俱胝,比丘尼有九十六万。其中,漏尽比丘正好十万。他们心想:“如果国王能毫无遗漏地看见自己的功德,就会对佛法生起极大的净信。”于是,他们示现了名为“世界显现”的神变。国王站在阿育园中,向四方眺望,看见整个赡部洲直至海边,以及八万四千座寺院在盛大的供养庆典中熠熠生辉。他见此辉煌景象,满怀极大的喜悦与满足,心想:“是否还有别人曾生起这样的喜悦与满足?”便问比丘僧团:“尊者,在我们这位世间怙主、十力者的教法中,谁曾作过大布施?谁的布施最大?”比丘僧团将此事付托给目犍连子帝须长老。长老说:“大王,在十力者的教法中,作为资具供养者,即使在如来住世时,也没有人与你相等,你的布施就是最大的。”国王听了长老的话,身体持续充满极大的喜悦与满足,心想:“据说没有与我相等的资具供养者,据说我的布施最大,据说我以所施之物护持教法。既然如此,我是否是教法的继承者呢?”于是问比丘僧团:“尊者,我是否是教法的继承者?”
Tasmiñca khaṇe sannipatitā asīti bhikkhukoṭiyo ahesuṃ, bhikkhunīnañca channavutisatasahassāni. Tattha khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva satasahassasaṅkhyā ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace rājā attano adhikāraṃ anavasesaṃ passeyya ativiya buddhasāsane pasīdeyyā’’ti. Tato lokavivaraṇaṃ nāma pāṭihāriyaṃ akaṃsu. Rājā asokārāme ṭhitova catuddisā anuvilokento samantato samuddapariyantaṃ jambudīpaṃ passati caturāsītiñca vihārasahassāni uḷārāya vihāramahapūjāya virocamānāni. So taṃ vibhūtiṃ passamāno uḷārena pītipāmojjena samannāgato ‘‘atthi pana aññassapi kassaci evarūpaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ uppannapubba’’nti cintento bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhante, amhākaṃ lokanāthassa dasabalassa sāsane ko mahāpariccāgaṃ pariccaji. Kassa pariccāgo mahantoti? Bhikkhusaṅgho moggaliputtatissattherassa bhāraṃ akāsi. Thero āha – ‘‘mahārāja, dasabalassa sāsane paccayadāyako nāma tayā sadiso dharamānepi tathāgate na koci ahosi, taveva pariccāgo mahā’’ti. Rājā therassa vacanaṃ sutvā uḷārena pītipāmojjena nirantaraṃ phuṭṭhasarīro hutvā cintesi – ‘‘natthi kira mayā sadiso paccayadāyako, mayhaṃ kira pariccāgo mahā, ahaṃ kira deyyadhammena sāsanaṃ paggaṇhāmi. Kiṃ panāhaṃ evaṃ sati sāsanassa dāyādo homi, na homī’’ti. Tato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhavāmi nu kho ahaṃ, bhante, sāsanassa dāyādo’’ti?
目犍连子帝须长老听闻国王此言,观察王子玛欣德具足殊胜的善根因缘,心想:“如果这位王子出家,将会极大地增长教法。”便对国王说:“大王,仅做到这个程度,并非教法的继承者;那不过被称为施主或侍奉者罢了。大王,即使有人从大地直至梵天之界,布施无量资具,此人也不能称之为‘教法的继承者’。”“那么,尊者,究竟如何方能成为教法的继承者?”“大王,无论何人,或富或贫,只要让亲生儿子出家——这个人,大王,才可称为教法的继承者。”
Tato moggaliputtatissatthero rañño idaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā rājaputtassa mahindassa upanissayasampattiṃ sampassamāno ‘‘sace ayaṃ kumāro pabbajissati sāsanassa ativiya vuḍḍhi bhavissatī’’ti cintetvā rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘na kho, mahārāja, ettāvatā sāsanassa dāyādo hoti; apica kho paccayadāyakoti vā upaṭṭhākoti vā saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Yopi hi, mahārāja, pathavito yāva brahmalokaparimāṇaṃ paccayarāsiṃ dadeyya sopi ‘sāsane dāyādo’ti saṅkhyaṃ na gacchatī’’ti. ‘‘Atha kathaṃ carahi, bhante, sāsanassa dāyādo hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi koci, mahārāja, aḍḍho vā daliddo vā attano orasaṃ puttaṃ pabbājeti – ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja, dāyādo sāsanassā’’ti.
如是说时,阿育王心想:“我虽已作这样的舍弃,却仍未达到教法继承者的地位。”他渴望成为教法的继承者,环顾四周,看见玛欣德王子站在不远处。见后,他心中生起此念:“虽然从提萨王子出家那时起,我一直想立这位王子为副王,但比起副王之位,出家更为殊胜。”于是对王子说:“你能出家吗,孩子?”那位王子自从提萨王子出家后本就想要出家,听到国王的话,极为欢喜地说:“我出家,大王,请让我出家,这样你们便可成为教法的继承者。”
Evaṃ vutte asoko rājā ‘‘ahaṃ kira evarūpaṃ pariccāgaṃ katvāpi neva sāsanassa dāyādabhāvaṃ patto’’ti sāsane dāyādabhāvaṃ patthayamāno ito cito ca viloketvā addasa mahindakumāraṃ avidūre ṭhitaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘kiñcāpi ahaṃ imaṃ kumāraṃ tissakumārassa pabbajitakālato pabhuti oparajje ṭhapetukāmo, atha kho oparajjatopi pabbajjāva uttamā’’ti. Tato kumāraṃ āha – ‘‘sakkhasi tvaṃ, tāta, pabbajitu’’nti? Kumāro pakatiyāpi tissakumārassa pabbajitakālato pabhuti pabbajitukāmova rañño vacanaṃ sutvā ativiya pāmojjajāto hutvā āha – ‘‘pabbajāmi, deva, maṃ pabbājetvā tumhe sāsanadāyādā hothā’’ti.
那时,王女僧伽蜜多也正站在同一处。她的丈夫——名为阿耆婆罗的王子,已与副王提萨王子一同出家。国王看见她,便说:“你也能出家吗,女儿?”“好的,父王,我能。”国王得到子女的同意,心生欢喜,对比丘僧团说:“尊者,请让这两个孩子出家,使我成为教法的继承者。”僧团接受了国王的话,便由目犍连子帝须长老为戒师、摩诃提婆长老为教授师,度王子出家;再由末阐提长老为教授师,授予具足戒。据说那时王子正满二十岁。他就在那具足戒坛场内,连同无碍解,证得了阿罗汉果。王女僧伽蜜多的教授师是名为阿育波利多的长老尼,戒师则是昙摩波利多长老尼。那时僧伽蜜多十八岁。她刚出家,便在界场内安住于学处。二人出家时,国王已灌顶六年。
Tena ca samayena rājadhītā saṅghamittāpi tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne ṭhitā hoti. Tassā ca sāmiko aggibrahmā nāma kumāro yuvarājena tissakumārena saddhiṃ pabbajito hoti. Rājā taṃ disvā āha – ‘‘tvampi, amma, pabbajituṃ sakkhasī’’ti? ‘‘Sādhu, tāta, sakkomī’’ti. Rājā puttānaṃ manaṃ labhitvā pahaṭṭhacitto bhikkhusaṅghaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhante, ime dārake pabbājetvā maṃ sāsane dāyādaṃ karothā’’ti. Saṅgho rañño vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā kumāraṃ moggaliputtatissattherena upajjhāyena mahādevattherena ca ācariyena pabbājesi. Majjhantikattherena ācariyena upasampādesi. Tadā kira kumāro paripuṇṇavīsativassova hoti. So tasmiṃyeva upasampadasīmamaṇḍale saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Saṅghamittāyapi rājadhītāya ācariyā āyupālittherī nāma, upajjhāyā pana dhammapālittherī nāma ahosi. Tadā saṅghamittā aṭṭhārasavassā hoti. Taṃ pabbajitamattaṃ tasmiṃyeva sīmamaṇḍale sikkhāya patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Ubhinnaṃ pabbajitakāle rājā chabbassābhiseko hoti.
玛欣德长老自受具足戒以来,便在戒师座前学修法与律,于三年内通达了经过两次结集、附有注释的三藏及全部上座部教法,成为戒师座下约千名比丘弟子中的上首。那时,法王阿育王灌顶已九年。然而,国王灌顶八年时,贡多子帝须长老因病而行乞,却连一掬酥油也未曾得到。病势所迫,寿行将尽,他教诫比丘僧团“切勿放逸”后,于空中结跏趺坐,入火界定而般涅槃。国王闻知此事,向长老致敬后,心中思惟:“在我治国时,比丘们的资具竟如此匮乏。”于是下令在城四门建造池子,盛满药物而行布施。
Atha mahindatthero upasampannakālato pabhuti attano upajjhāyasseva santike dhammañca vinayañca pariyāpuṇanto dvepi saṅgītiyo ārūḷhaṃ tipiṭakasaṅgahitaṃ sāṭṭhakathaṃ sabbaṃ theravādaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ abbhantare uggahetvā attano upajjhāyassa antevāsikānaṃ sahassamattānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāmokkho ahosi. Tadā asoko dhammarājā navavassābhiseko hoti. Rañño pana aṭṭhavassābhisekakāleyeva kontaputtatissatthero byādhipaṭikammatthaṃ bhikkhācāravattena āhiṇḍanto pasatamattaṃ sappiṃ alabhitvā byādhibalena parikkhīṇāyusaṅkhāro bhikkhusaṅghaṃ appamādena ovaditvā ākāse pallaṅkena nisīditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā parinibbāyi. Rājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā therassa sakkāraṃ katvā ‘‘mayi nāma rajjaṃ kārente evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paccayā dullabhā’’ti nagarassa catūsu dvāresu pokkharaṇiyo kārāpetvā bhesajjassa pūrāpetvā dāpesi.
据说那时,华氏城四门每日各得四十万,集会堂得十万,国王每日共有五十万的收入。于是,国王每日向尼拘律陀长老布施十万;为以香花等供养佛塔,布施十万;为法布施十万,此款用于持法多闻者的四资具;为僧团布施十万;为四门药物布施十万。如此,教法中便生起了广大的利养与恭敬。
Tena kira samayena pāṭaliputtassa catūsu dvāresu cattāri satasahassāni, sabhāyaṃ satasahassanti divase divase pañcasatasahassāni rañño uppajjanti. Tato rājā nigrodhattherassa devasikaṃ satasahassaṃ visajjesi. Buddhassa cetiye gandhamālādīhi pūjanatthāya satasahassaṃ . Dhammassa satasahassaṃ, taṃ dhammadharānaṃ bahussutānaṃ catupaccayatthāya upanīyati. Saṅghassa satasahassaṃ, catūsu dvāresu bhesajjatthāya satasahassaṃ. Evaṃ sāsane uḷāro lābhasakkāro nibbatti.
外道失去了利养与恭敬,甚至连衣食也得不到,他们渴望利养与恭敬,便在佛教中出家,各各宣扬自宗的邪见,声称“这是法,这是律”。即使得不到出家许可,他们也自行剃除须发,披上袈裟,在寺院中游走,并参与布萨、自恣、僧羯磨与别羯磨。比丘们不与他们共行布萨。那时,目犍连子帝须长老心想:“如今这个争端已起,不久必将变得严重。而若居于他们中间,则无法平息此事。”便将徒众托付玛欣德长老,自己为安住于安乐住,前往阿霍恒伽山。那些外道虽被比丘僧团以法、以律、以导师的教诫呵责,却不依法、律而行,反而在教法中造作了种种污秽、垢染与荆棘。有些人侍奉火,有些人以五火炙烤自身,有些人绕转太阳,有些人则扬言“我们要破坏法与律”。那时,比丘僧团不与他们共行布萨或自恣。在阿育园,布萨中断了七年。他们将此事禀告了国王。国王命令一位大臣:“前往寺院,平息争端后,令他们举行布萨。”大臣不敢反问国王,便去拜访其他大臣,说道:“国王派我‘前往寺院,平息争端后,令他们举行布萨’。这争端究竟如何平息?”
Titthiyā parihīnalābhasakkārā antamaso ghāsacchādanampi alabhantā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā sāsane pabbajitvā sakāni sakāni diṭṭhigatāni ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo’’ti dīpenti. Pabbajjaṃ alabhamānāpi sayameva muṇḍetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā vihāresu vicarantā uposathampi pavāraṇampi saṅghakammampi gaṇakammampi pavisanti. Bhikkhū tehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ na karonti. Tadā moggaliputtatissatthero ‘‘uppannaṃ dāni idaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ, taṃ nacirasseva kakkhaḷaṃ bhavissati. Na kho panetaṃ sakkā imesaṃ majjhe vasantena vūpasametu’’nti mahindattherassa gaṇaṃ nīyyātetvā attanā phāsuvihārena viharitukāmo ahogaṅgapabbataṃ agamāsi. Tepi kho titthiyā bhikkhusaṅghena dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena niggayhamānāpi dhammavinayānulomāya paṭipattiyā asaṇṭhahantā anekarūpaṃ sāsanassa abbudañca malañca kaṇṭakañca samuṭṭhāpesuṃ. Keci aggiṃ paricaranti, keci pañcātapena tāpenti, keci ādiccaṃ anuparivattanti, keci ‘‘dhammañca vinayañca vobhindissāmā’’ti paggaṇhiṃsu. Tadā bhikkhusaṅgho na tehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ vā pavāraṇaṃ vā akāsi. Asokārāme sattavassāni uposatho upacchijji. Raññopi etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā ekaṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī’’ti. Amacco rājānaṃ paṭipucchituṃ avisahanto aññe amacce upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘rājā maṃ ‘vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī’ti pahiṇi. Kathaṃ nu kho adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasammatī’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ evaṃ sallakkhema – ‘yathā nāma paccantaṃ vūpasamentā core ghātenti, evameva ye uposathaṃ na karonti, te māretukāmo rājā bhavissatī’’’ti. Atha so amacco vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā āha – ‘‘ahaṃ raññā ‘uposathaṃ kārāpehī’ti pesito. Karotha dāni, bhante, uposatha’’nti. Bhikkhū ‘‘na mayaṃ titthiyehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ karomā’’ti āhaṃsu. Atha amacco therāsanato paṭṭhāya asinā sīsāni pātetuṃ āraddho.
帝须长老见那位大臣如此错误行事。这位帝须长老并非寻常之人,他是国王的同母兄弟,名为帝须王子。据说,国王灌顶即位后,立他为副王。一日,他往山林游猎,见一大群鹿正欢快嬉戏。见后,他心中便起这样的念头:“这些食草的鹿尚且如此嬉戏,而沙门们在王宫享用美味饮食,躺在柔软床铺上,又怎会不嬉戏呢?”他归来后,将这一想法禀告了国王。国王心想:“王子这是在不该忧虑处忧虑了!好吧,我令他明白。”于是,一日,国王假借某事而发怒,说道:“来,你接掌王位七日,七日之后我当处死你。”以死亡恐惧威吓他,借此令他明白那个道理。据说,那位王子心想“国王将于第七日杀我”,便不妥善沐浴、不妥善进食、不妥善睡眠,身体变得极其粗劣、消瘦。于是国王问他:“你为何变成这般模样?”“因为惧怕死亡,陛下。”“喂,你明知死期已定,尚且不能安心嬉戏;比丘们正观系于呼吸间的死亡,又怎会嬉戏呢?”此后,王子对佛教生起了净信。
Addasā kho tissatthero taṃ amaccaṃ tathā vippaṭipannaṃ. Tissatthero nāma na yo vā so vā, rañño ekamātiko bhātā tissakumāro nāma, taṃ kira rājā pattābhiseko oparajje ṭhapesi. So ekadivasaṃ vanacāraṃ gato addasa mahantaṃ migasaṅghaṃ cittakīḷāya kīḷantaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime tāva tiṇabhakkhā migā evaṃ kīḷanti, ime pana samaṇā rājakule paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā mudukāsu seyyāsu sayamānā kiṃ nāma kīḷitaṃ na kīḷissantī’’ti! So tato āgantvā imaṃ attano vitakkaṃ rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘aṭṭhāne kukkuccāyitaṃ kumārena! Handa, naṃ evaṃ saññāpessāmī’’ti ekadivasaṃ kenaci kāraṇena kuddho viya hutvā ‘‘ehi sattadivasena rajjaṃ sampaṭiccha, tato taṃ ghātessāmī’’ti maraṇabhayena tajjetvā tamatthaṃ saññāpesi. So kira kumāro ‘‘sattame maṃ divase māressatī’’ti na cittarūpaṃ nhāyi, na bhuñji, na supi, ativiya lūkhasarīro ahosi. Tato naṃ rājā pucchi – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ evarūpo jāto’’ti? ‘‘Maraṇabhayena, devā’’ti. ‘‘Are, tvaṃ nāma paricchinnamaraṇaṃ sampassamāno vissattho na kīḷasi? Bhikkhū assāsapassāsanibaddhaṃ maraṇaṃ pekkhamānā kathaṃ kīḷissantī’’ti! Tato pabhuti kumāro sāsane pasīdi.
后来有一天,他外出狩猎,在林中游荡时,看见臾那大法护长老坐在那里,被一头大象用象鼻拿着娑罗树枝扇着风。看见后,他心生喜悦,思惟道:“我何时才能像这位大长老一样出家呢?会有那一天吗?”长老知道了他的心意,就在他注视之下,腾空而起,站在阿育园池水的水面上,将下衣和上衣挂在空中,开始沐浴。
So puna ekadivasaṃ migavaṃ nikkhamitvā araññe anuvicaramāno addasa yonakamahādhammarakkhitattheraṃ aññatarena hatthināgena sālasākhaṃ gahetvā bījiyamānaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvā pāmojjajāto cintesi – ‘‘kadā nu kho ahampi ayaṃ mahāthero viya pabbajeyyaṃ! Siyā nu kho so divaso’’ti. Thero tassāsayaṃ viditvā tassa passantasseva ākāse uppatitvā asokārāme pokkharaṇiyā udakatale ṭhatvā cīvarañca uttarāsaṅgañca ākāse laggetvā nhāyituṃ āraddho.
王子目睹长老的神通力后,极为净信,心想:“我今日便当出家。”于是回禀国王:“陛下,我欲出家。”国王虽以种种方式恳求挽留,也未能令他回心转意,便下令整饰通往阿育园的道路,让王子穿上节日盛装,由庄严的军队簇拥着,送往寺院。比丘们听说“副王即将出家”,便备好衣钵。王子行至精舍,在大法护长老座下出家,随同出家者达十万人。追随王子出家之众,更不计其数。王子是在国王灌顶四周年时出家的。此外,国王另有一甥,名阿耆婆罗门王子,为僧伽蜜多之夫。僧伽蜜多与他育有一子。他听闻“副王出家”后,便前去求见国王,请求道:“陛下,我也要出家。”“出家吧,孩子。”得到国王许可,他当日便出家了。
Kumāro therassānubhāvaṃ disvā ativiya pasanno ‘‘ajjeva pabbajissāmī’’ti nivattitvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘pabbajissāmahaṃ, devā’’ti. Rājā anekappakāraṃ yācitvāpi taṃ nivattetuṃ asakkonto asokārāmagamanīyamaggaṃ alaṅkārāpetvā kumāraṃ chaṇavesaṃ gāhāpetvā alaṅkatāya senāya parivārāpetvā vihāraṃ nesi. ‘‘Yuvarājā kira pabbajissatī’’ti sutvā bahū bhikkhū pattacīvarāni paṭiyādesuṃ. Kumāro padhānagharaṃ gantvā mahādhammarakkhitattherasseva santike pabbaji saddhiṃ purisasatasahassena. Kumārassa pana anupabbajitānaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo natthi. Kumāro rañño catuvassābhisekakāle pabbajito. Athaññopi rañño bhāgineyyo saṅghamittāya sāmiko aggibrahmā nāma kumāro atthi. Saṅghamittā taṃ paṭicca ekameva puttaṃ vijāyi. Sopi ‘‘yuvarājā pabbajito’’ti sutvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā – ‘‘ahampi, deva, pabbajissāmī’’ti yāci. ‘‘Pabbaja, tātā’’ti ca raññā anuññāto taṃdivasameva pabbaji.
Evaṃ anupabbajito, uḷāravibhavena khattiyajanena; Rañño kaniṭṭhabhātā, tissattheroti viññeyyo.
那位大臣见到他如此错误行事,心想:“国王不会派人来杀长老们;这必定是这位大臣自己误解了。”于是便走过去,自行在他近旁的座位坐下。他认出长老后,不敢挥刀下手,便回去禀报国王:“陛下,我已砍下那些不愿举行布萨的比丘们的头颅,数目如此之多;现在轮到圣者帝须长老了,我当如何?”国王听罢,说道:“喂!难道是我派你去杀比丘的吗?”话音刚落,身上便生起灼热,国王便前往寺院,问长老比丘们:“尊者们,这位大臣未奉我命就这样做了,这罪业该归谁呢?”有些长老说:“他是依你的话做的,这罪业归你。”有些说:“此罪你二人共有。”有的这样说:“大王,你是否生起过‘让此人去杀比丘’的心念?”“没有,尊者们,我是出于善意派他去的——‘让和合的比丘僧团举行布萨吧’。”“若你出于善意,你便无罪业,这罪业唯归大臣。”国王心生疑惑,问道:“尊者们,可有哪位比丘能断除我的这个疑惑,并能扶持教法呢?”“有的,大王,有一位名叫目犍连子帝须的长老,他能断除你的疑惑,并能扶持教法。”国王当天便派遣四位说法师,各率一千比丘随从,
So taṃ amaccaṃ tathā vippaṭipannaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘na rājā there mārāpetuṃ pahiṇeyya; addhā imassevetaṃ amaccassa duggahitaṃ bhavissatī’’ti gantvā sayaṃ tassa āsanne āsane nisīdi. So theraṃ sañjānitvā satthaṃ nipātetuṃ avisahanto gantvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, deva, uposathaṃ kātuṃ anicchantānaṃ ettakānaṃ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ sīsāni pātesiṃ; atha ayyassa tissattherassa paṭipāṭi sampattā, kinti karomī’’ti? Rājā sutvāva – ‘‘are! Kiṃ pana, tvaṃ, mayā bhikkhū ghātetuṃ pesito’’ti tāvadeva sarīre uppannadāho hutvā vihāraṃ gantvā there bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, amacco mayā anāṇattova evaṃ akāsi, kassa nu kho iminā pāpena bhavitabba’’nti? Ekacce therā, ‘‘ayaṃ tava vacanena akāsi, tuyhetaṃ pāpa’’nti āhaṃsu. Ekacce ‘‘ubhinnampi vo etaṃ pāpa’’nti āhaṃsu. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ pana te, mahārāja, atthi cittaṃ ‘ayaṃ gantvā bhikkhū ghātetū’’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, bhante, kusalādhippāyo ahaṃ pesesiṃ – ‘samaggo bhikkhusaṅgho uposathaṃ karotū’’’ti. ‘‘Sace tvaṃ kusalādhippāyo, natthi tuyhaṃ pāpaṃ, amaccassevetaṃ pāpa’’nti. Rājā dveḷhakajāto āha – ‘‘atthi nu kho, bhante, koci bhikkhu mametaṃ dveḷhakaṃ chinditvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samattho’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, mahārāja, moggaliputtatissatthero nāma, so te imaṃ dveḷhakaṃ chinditvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhituṃ samattho’’ti. Rājā tadaheva cattāro dhammakathike ekekabhikkhusahassaparivāre, cattāro ca amacce ekekapurisasahassaparivāre ‘‘theraṃ gaṇhitvā āgacchathā’’ti pesesi. Te gantvā ‘‘rājā pakkosatī’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero nāgacchi . Dutiyampi kho rājā aṭṭha dhammakathike, aṭṭha ca amacce sahassasahassaparivāreyeva pesesi – ‘‘‘rājā, bhante, pakkosatī’ti vatvā gaṇhitvāva āgacchathā’’ti. Te tatheva āhaṃsu. Dutiyampi thero nāgacchi. Rājā there pucchi – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, dvikkhattuṃ pahiṇiṃ; kasmā thero nāgacchatī’’ti? ‘‘‘Rājā pakkosatī’ti vuttattā, mahārāja, nāgacchati. Evaṃ pana vutte āgaccheyya ‘sāsanaṃ, bhante, osīdati, amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ paggahatthāya sahāyakā hothā’’’ti. Atha rājā tathā vatvā soḷasa dhammakathike, soḷasa ca amacce sahassasahassaparivāre pesesi. Bhikkhū ca paṭipucchi – ‘‘mahallako nu kho, bhante, thero daharo nu kho’’ti? ‘‘Mahallako, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Vayhaṃ vā sivikaṃ vā abhiruhissati, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Nābhiruhissati, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kuhiṃ, bhante, thero vasatī’’ti? ‘‘Upari gaṅgāya, mahārājā’’ti. Rājā āha – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, nāvāsaṅghāṭaṃ bandhitvā tattheva theraṃ nisīdāpetvā dvīsupi tīresu ārakkhaṃ saṃvidhāya theraṃ ānethā’’ti. Bhikkhū ca amaccā ca therassa santikaṃ gantvā rañño sāsanaṃ ārocesuṃ.
长老听后心想:“我出家原本就是为了从根本处扶持教法。现在这个时机已到。”于是便拿起皮垫,站起身来。当时,国王于夜间梦见:“长老明日将抵达华氏城。”梦境是这样的:一头纯白大象前来,从头开始触摸国王,然后握住了他的右手。次日,国王询问解梦师:“我做了这样一个梦,将有何事发生?”其中一人禀告:“大王,一位沙门中的龙象将握住您的右手。”随后,国王一听说“长老来了”,便立即来到恒河岸边,下到河里,站在齐膝深的水中迎候长老。长老下船时,国王伸手搀扶。长老握住了国王的右手。旁边的持剑侍卫们见状,纷纷从鞘中拔出剑来,高喊:“我们要砍下长老的头!”这是为何?据说宫中有规矩:“谁握了国王的手,便当用剑砍下他的头。”国王只看到刀剑的影子,便制止道:“我过去因对比丘们做了错事而不得安乐,你们切莫再对长老做错事。”那么,长老为何要握国王的手呢?因为他受国王召请前来解答问题,便将国王视作“这是我的弟子”,因而握住了他的手。
Thero sutvā ‘‘yaṃ kho ahaṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya sāsanaṃ paggaṇhissāmīti pabbajitomhi. Ayaṃ dāni me so kālo anuppatto’’ti cammakhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhitvāva uṭṭhahi. Atha ‘‘thero sve pāṭaliputtaṃ sampāpuṇissatī’’ti rattibhāge rājā supinaṃ addasa. Evarūpo supino ahosi – ‘‘sabbaseto hatthināgo āgantvā rājānaṃ sīsato paṭṭhāya parāmasitvā dakkhiṇahatthe aggahesī’’ti. Punadivase rājā supinajjhāyake pucchi – ‘‘mayā evarūpo supino diṭṭho, kiṃ me bhavissatī’’ti? Eko taṃ, ‘‘mahārāja, samaṇanāgo dakkhiṇahatthe gaṇhissatī’’ti. Atha rājā tāvadeva ‘‘thero āgato’’ti sutvā gaṅgātīraṃ gantvā nadiṃ otaritvā abbhuggacchanto jāṇumatte udake theraṃ sampāpuṇitvā therassa nāvāto otarantassa hatthaṃ adāsi. Thero rājānaṃ dakkhiṇahatthe aggahesi. Taṃ disvā asiggāhā ‘‘therassa sīsaṃ pātessāmā’’ti kosato asiṃ abbāhiṃsu. Kasmā? Etaṃ kira cārittaṃ rājakulesu – ‘‘yo rājānaṃ hatthe gaṇhati tassa asinā sīsaṃ pātetabba’’nti. Rājā chāyaṃyeva disvā āha – ‘‘pubbepi ahaṃ bhikkhūsu viraddhakāraṇā assādaṃ na vindāmi, mā kho there virajjhitthā’’ti. Thero pana kasmā rājānaṃ hatthe aggahesīti? Yasmā raññā pañhaṃ pucchanatthāya pakkosāpito tasmā ‘‘antevāsiko me aya’’nti aggahesi.
国王将长老带到自己的园林,从外面用三重围栏围住,设置守卫,亲自为长老洗足并涂上油,坐在长老身边后,为了试探而说:“长老是否有能力断除我的疑惑、平息已生起的诤事并扶持教法?”他说道:“尊者,我想看一个神变。”长老问:“大王,你想看哪种神变?”“地动,尊者。”“大王,你想看整个大地震动,还是局部地动?”“尊者,这其中哪一种更难呢?”“大王,一只盛满水的铜盆,要让全部水都摇动难,还是让一半水摇动难?”“一半水,尊者。”“正是如此,大王,局部地动更难。”“那么,尊者,我就看局部地动。”“既然如此,大王,在周围一由旬处:东方让一辆车以一轮压界而停;南方让一匹马以两足踏界而停;西方让一个人以一足踏界而停;北方让一只水盆以半边压界而停。”国王照此安排。长老入第四禅作为神通基础,出定后决意:“让国王观看吧”,便决意一由旬范围的地动。东方车内处于界内的那只轮子动了,另一只未动;同样,南、西方马与人处于界内的足动了,另一半身体未动;北方水盆中处于界内的半边水动了,其余水静止不动。国王见此神变后,确信“长老现在确实有能力扶持教法”,便询问自己的恶作:“尊者,我曾派一位大臣说‘去寺院平息诤事后举行布萨’,他到寺院后杀害了这么多比丘,这恶业属于谁?”
Rājā theraṃ attano uyyānaṃ netvā bāhirato tikkhattuṃ parivārāpetvā ārakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā sayameva therassa pāde dhovitvā telena makkhetvā therassa santike nisīditvā ‘‘paṭibalo nu kho thero mama kaṅkhaṃ chinditvā uppannaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhitu’’nti vīmaṃsanatthāya ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmo’’ti āha. ‘‘Kataraṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmosi, mahārājā’’ti? ‘‘Pathavīkampanaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sakalapathavīkampanaṃ daṭṭhukāmosi, mahārāja, padesapathavīkampana’’nti? ‘‘Kataraṃ panettha, bhante, dukkara’’nti? ‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, mahārāja, kaṃsapātiyā udakapuṇṇāya sabbaṃ udakaṃ kampetuṃ dukkaraṃ; udāhu upaḍḍha’’nti? ‘‘Upaḍḍhaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahārāja, padesapathavīkampanaṃ dukkara’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhante, padesapathavīkampanaṃ passissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, mahārāja, samantato yojane puratthimāya disāya ekena cakkena sīmaṃ akkamitvā ratho tiṭṭhatu; dakkhiṇāya disāya dvīhi pādehi sīmaṃ akkamitvā asso tiṭṭhatu; pacchimāya disāya ekena pādena sīmaṃ akkamitvā puriso tiṭṭhatu; uttarāya disāya upaḍḍhabhāgena sīmaṃ akkamitvā ekā udakapāti tiṭṭhatū’’ti. Rājā tathā kārāpesi. Thero abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya ‘‘rājā passatū’’ti yojanappamāṇapathavīcalanaṃ adhiṭṭhahi. Puratthimāya disāya rathassa antosīmāya ṭhito pādova cali, itaro na cali. Evaṃ dakkhiṇapacchimadisāsu assapurisānaṃ antosīmāya ṭhitapādāyeva caliṃsu, upaḍḍhupaḍḍhaṃ sarīrañca. Uttaradisāya udakapātiyāpi antosīmāya ṭhitaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgagatameva udakaṃ cali, avasesaṃ niccalamahosīti. Rājā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā ‘‘sakkhati dāni thero sāsanaṃ paggaṇhitu’’nti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā attano kukkuccaṃ pucchi – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ amaccaṃ ‘vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī’ti pahiṇiṃ, so vihāraṃ gantvā ettake bhikkhū jīvitā voropesi, etaṃ pāpaṃ kassa hotī’’ti?
“大王,你是否有‘此人前往寺院杀害比丘’这样的心念呢?”“没有,尊者。”“大王,如果你没有这样的心念,你便没有罪过。”于是,长老以这段经文令国王理解此义:“比丘们,我说思即是业。思已,即由身、语、意造业。”
‘‘Kiṃ pana te, mahārāja, atthi cittaṃ ‘ayaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhū ghātetū’’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sace te, mahārāja, natthi evarūpaṃ cittaṃ, natthi tuyhaṃ pāpa’’nti. Atha thero rājānaṃ etamatthaṃ iminā suttena saññāpesi – ‘‘cetanāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vadāmi. Cetayitvā kammaṃ karoti – kāyena vācāya manasā’’ti (a. ni. 6.63).
为阐明此义,他举出了《鹧鸪本生》:“过去,大王,岛鹧鸪问苦行者——”
Tamevatthaṃ paridīpetuṃ tittirajātakaṃ (jā. 1.4.75) āhari – ‘‘atīte, mahārāja, dīpakatittiro tāpasaṃ pucchi –
“我们的亲属正坐着”,众人纷纷前来;
缘业而触,我对此心生疑惑。
‘Ñātako no nisinnoti, bahu āgacchatī jano; Paṭicca kammaṃ phusati, tasmiṃ me saṅkate mano’ti.
苦行者问道:“你是否有此心念:‘愿这些鸟因我的声音和形貌而来,随后被缚或被杀’?”鹧鸪回答:“没有,尊者。”于是苦行者令他理解:“如果你没有心念,就没有恶业;因为唯有思惟者触及恶业,不思惟者则不触及。”
Tāpaso āha – ‘atthi pana te cittaṃ mama saddena ca rūpadassanena ca āgantvā ete pakkhino bajjhantu vā haññantu vā’ti? ‘Natthi, bhante’ti tittiro āha. Tato naṃ tāpaso saññāpesi – ‘sace te natthi cittaṃ, natthi pāpaṃ; cetayantameva hi pāpaṃ phusati, nācetayantaṃ.
‘Na paṭicca kammaṃ phusati, mano ce nappadussati; Appossukkassa bhadrassa, na pāpamupalimpatī’’’ti.
长老这样开导国王后,便在那王苑中住了七日,教导国王法义。第七日,国王在无忧园召集比丘僧团,围起布幔,坐在布幔内,让持同一见解的比丘各自聚集一处,然后逐一召见各组比丘,问道:“正自觉者持何说法?”其中,常见论者回答:“持常见。”一分常见论者……乃至……有边无边论者……诡辩论者……无因生论者……有想论者……无想论者……非想非非想论者……断灭论者……现法涅槃论者回答:“持现法涅槃。”国王因为先前已通达法义,知道“这些人不是比丘,是外道”,便施给他们白衣,令其还俗,这些人总计六万人。
Evaṃ thero rājānaṃ saññāpetvā tattheva rājuyyāne satta divasāni vasanto rājānaṃ samayaṃ uggaṇhāpesi. Rājā sattame divase asokārāme bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā sāṇipākārantare nisinno ekaladdhike ekaladdhike bhikkhū ekato ekato kārāpetvā ekamekaṃ bhikkhusamūhaṃ pakkosāpetvā pucchi – ‘‘kiṃvādī sammāsambuddho’’ti? Tatosassatavādino ‘‘sassatavādī’’ti āhaṃsu. Ekaccasassatikā…pe… antānantikā… amarāvikkhepikā… adhiccasamuppannikā… saññīvādā… asaññīvādā… nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā … ucchedavādā… diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādā ‘‘diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā paṭhamameva samayassa uggahitattā ‘‘nayime bhikkhū, aññatitthiyā ime’’ti ñatvā tesaṃ setakāni vatthāni datvā uppabbājesi. Te sabbepi saṭṭhisahassā ahesuṃ.
接着国王召来其他比丘,问道:“尊者,正自觉者持何说法?”“分别说者,大王。”国王听后问长老:“尊者,正自觉者是分别说者吗?”“是的,大王。”于是国王说:“尊者,教法现在清净了。请比丘僧团举行布萨。”安排护卫之后,便进入城中。
Athaññe bhikkhū pakkosāpetvā pucchi – ‘‘kiṃvādī, bhante, sammāsambuddho’’ti? ‘‘Vibhajjavādī, mahārājā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte rājā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘vibhajjavādī, bhante, sammāsambuddho’’ti? ‘‘Āma, mahārājā’’ti. Tato rājā ‘‘suddhaṃ dāni, bhante, sāsanaṃ; karotu bhikkhusaṅgho uposatha’’nti ārakkhaṃ datvā nagaraṃ pāvisi.
和合的僧团聚集举行布萨。那次集会中有六十万比丘。会上,目犍连子帝须长老摧破外道之说,宣说了《论事》。随后,从六十万比丘中,精选出一千位通达三藏、证得无碍解、具足三明等的比丘。如同大迦叶长老与迦干陀子耶舍长老曾结集法与律那样,他们结集法与律,清除教法的一切垢秽,完成了第三结集。结集圆满时,大地以种种方式震动。此次结集历时九个月方告完成。这便是世间所称的——
Samaggo saṅgho sannipatitvā uposathaṃ akāsi. Tasmiṃ sannipāte saṭṭhi bhikkhusatasahassāni ahesuṃ. Tasmiṃ samāgame moggaliputtatissatthero parappavādaṃ maddamāno kathāvatthuppakaraṇaṃ abhāsi. Tato saṭṭhisatasahassasaṅkhyesu bhikkhūsu uccinitvā tipiṭakapariyattidharānaṃ pabhinnapaṭisambhidānaṃ tevijjādibhedānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sahassamekaṃ gahetvā yathā mahākassapatthero ca kākaṇḍakaputto yasatthero ca dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyiṃsu; evameva dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyanto sabbaṃ sāsanamalaṃ visodhetvā tatiyasaṅgītiṃ akāsi. Saṅgītipariyosāne anekappakāraṃ pathavī akampittha. Ayaṃ saṅgīti navahi māsehi niṭṭhitā. Yā loke –
由一千位比丘完成,故称千数结集;
依前两次结集,称为第三。
Katā bhikkhusahassena, tasmā sahassikāti ca; Purimā dve upādāya, tatiyāti ca vuccatīti.
这就是第三结集。
Ayaṃ tatiyasaṅgīti.
至此,为解答“由谁传来”这一问题,我们曾这样说:“在赡部洲洲,从优波离长老起始,经由师资相承,直到第三结集为止,都是这样传来的。此处师资相承如下——
Ettāvatā ca ‘‘kenābhata’’nti etassa pañhassa vissajjanatthaṃ yaṃ avocumha – ‘‘jambudīpe tāva upālittheramādiṃ katvā ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhataṃ. Tatrāyaṃ ācariyaparamparā –
优波离、陀娑迦、索那迦与私伽婆;
帝须与目犍连子,此五人乃是胜者。
在阎浮胜光岛上,他们以师徒相承传持律藏;
令其相续无间,直至第三结集。
‘‘Upāli dāsako ceva, soṇako siggavo tathā; Tisso moggaliputto ca, pañcete vijitāvino. ‘‘Paramparāya vinayaṃ, dīpe jambusirivhaye; Acchijjamānamānesuṃ, tatiyo yāva saṅgaho’’ti.
其义理已清楚阐明。
Tassattho pakāsitova hoti.
然而,自第三结集之后,此岛的律藏是由玛欣德等人传来的。从玛欣德处受学后,有一段时间是由阿利咤长老等人传持。此后至今,应知它是由其弟子次第相续、师师传承而来的。正如古人所说:
Tatiyasaṅgahato pana uddhaṃ imaṃ dīpaṃ mahindādīhi ābhataṃ. Mahindato uggahetvā kañci kālaṃ ariṭṭhattherādīhi ābhataṃ. Tato yāvajjatanā tesaṃyeva antevāsikaparamparabhūtāya ācariyaparamparāya ābhatanti veditabbaṃ. Yathāhu porāṇā –
此后,玛欣德、伊帝耶、郁帝耶,复有桑波罗等,
以及那位名为跋陀那摩的智者。
这些大智慧的龙象,从赡部洲洲来到此处;
他们诵出了铜掌岛的律藏。
他们诵出了五部尼柯耶,以及七部论;
此后,聪慧的阿利咤与智者帝须达多。
通达的黑须摩那,与名为长名的长老;
以及智者长须摩那。
再有黑须摩那、那伽长老与佛护;
以及聪慧的帝须长老与智者天长老。
再者,聪慧的须摩那,通达律藏;
多闻的朱罗那伽,犹如大象不可摧伏;
名为法护的尊者,在罗诃那备受尊崇;
他的弟子具大智慧,名为安稳,是三藏师。
如星辰之王在岛上,以智慧照耀超胜;
更有聪慧的优波帝须,与大论师弗沙提婆。
再有聪慧的须摩那,名普婆,多闻博学;
大论师大湿婆,通达三藏一切处。
再有聪慧的优波离,通达律藏;
大那伽尊者具大智慧,善知正法之传承。
再者,聪慧的无畏尊者,于三藏一切处悉皆通达;
又有聪慧的帝须长老,于律藏通达。
他的弟子乃大智慧者,名为普婆,博学多闻;
护持教法,安住于赡部洲洲。
又有聪慧的朱罗无畏,通达律藏;
还有聪慧的帝须长老,通达正法传承。
还有聪慧的朱罗提婆,精通律藏;
还有聪慧的湿婆长老,于律藏一切处通达。
这些大智慧的龙象,通达律藏,善知道路;
他们在铜掌岛,开显了律藏。”
‘‘Tato mahindo iṭṭiyo, uttiyo sambalo tathā; Bhaddanāmo ca paṇḍito. ‘‘Ete nāgā mahāpaññā, jambudīpā idhāgatā; Vinayaṃ te vācayiṃsu, piṭakaṃ tambapaṇṇiyā. ‘‘Nikāye pañca vācesuṃ, satta ceva pakaraṇe; Tato ariṭṭho medhāvī, tissadatto ca paṇḍito. ‘‘Visārado kāḷasumano, thero ca dīghanāmako; Dīghasumano ca paṇḍito. ‘‘Punadeva kāḷasumano, nāgatthero ca buddharakkhito; Tissatthero ca medhāvī, devatthero ca paṇḍito. ‘‘Punadeva sumano medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado; Bahussuto cūḷanāgo, gajova duppadhaṃsiyo. ‘‘Dhammapālitanāmo ca, rohaṇe sādhupūjito; Tassa sisso mahāpañño, khemanāmo tipeṭako. ‘‘Dīpe tārakarājāva, paññāya atirocatha; Upatisso ca medhāvī, phussadevo mahākathī. ‘‘Punadeva sumano medhāvī, pupphanāmo bahussuto; Mahākathī mahāsivo, piṭake sabbattha kovido. ‘‘Punadeva upāli medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado; Mahānāgo mahāpañño, saddhammavaṃsakovido. ‘‘Punadeva abhayo medhāvī, piṭake sabbattha kovido; Tissatthero ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado. ‘‘Tassa sisso mahāpañño, pupphanāmo bahussuto; Sāsanaṃ anurakkhanto, jambudīpe patiṭṭhito. ‘‘Cūḷābhayo ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado; Tissatthero ca medhāvī, saddhammavaṃsakovido. ‘‘Cūḷadevo ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado; Sivatthero ca medhāvī, vinaye sabbattha kovido. ‘‘Ete nāgā mahāpaññā, vinayaññū maggakovidā; Vinayaṃ dīpe pakāsesuṃ, piṭakaṃ tambapaṇṇiyā’’ti.
关于此事,有次第叙述如下:据说,目犍连子帝须长老完成了这第三次结集后,便这样思惟:“未来教法将于何处善住立呢?”他审察时,心中生起此念:“将于边地诸国善住立。”于是,他将弘教的责任托付给诸位比丘,派遣他们前往各地。他派遣末阐提长老前往迦湿弥罗及犍陀罗国,嘱咐说:“你前往此国,在这里建立教法。”以同样方式嘱咐后,派遣大天长老前往摩醯娑曼陀罗,派遣勒弃多长老前往婆那婆私,派遣臾那迦法护长老前往阿波兰多迦,派遣大法护长老前往摩诃勒咤,派遣大勒弃多长老前往臾那迦世界,派遣末示摩长老前往喜马拉雅地区,派遣索那长老与郁多罗长老前往金地。他又派遣自己的共住弟子玛欣德长老,与伊帝耶长老、郁帝耶长老、桑波罗长老、跋陀娑罗长老一同前往铜掌岛,嘱咐说:“你们前往铜掌岛,在那里建立教法。”所有前往各方者,皆以五人一组而行,心中思惟:“在边地各国,五位比丘组成的僧团足以授具足戒。”
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – moggaliputtatissatthero kira imaṃ tatiyadhammasaṅgītiṃ katvā evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘kattha nu kho anāgate sāsanaṃ suppatiṭṭhitaṃ bhaveyyā’’ti? Athassa upaparikkhato etadahosi – ‘‘paccantimesu kho janapadesu suppatiṭṭhitaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. So tesaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhāraṃ katvā te te bhikkhū tattha tattha pesesi. Majjhantikattheraṃ kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhaṃ pesesi – ‘‘tvaṃ etaṃ raṭṭhaṃ gantvā ettha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpehī’’ti. Mahādevattheraṃ tatheva vatvā mahiṃsakamaṇḍalaṃ pesesi. Rakkhitattheraṃ vanavāsiṃ. Yonakadhammarakkhitattheraṃ aparantakaṃ. Mahādhammarakkhitattheraṃ mahāraṭṭhaṃ. Mahārakkhitattheraṃ yonakalokaṃ. Majjhimattheraṃ himavantadesabhāgaṃ. Soṇattherañca uttarattherañca suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ. Attano saddhivihārikaṃ mahindattheraṃ iṭṭiyattherena uttiyattherena sambalattherena bhaddasālattherena ca saddhiṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pesesi – ‘‘tumhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantvā ettha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpethā’’ti. Sabbepi taṃ taṃ disābhāgaṃ gacchantā attapañcamā agamaṃsu ‘‘paccantimesu janapadesu pañcavaggo gaṇo alaṃ upasampadakammāyā’’ti maññamānā.
当时,正当迦湿弥罗与犍陀罗国谷物成熟之际,一位名叫阿罗婆罗的龙王降下冰雹暴雨,毁坏庄稼,将其冲入大海。此时,末阐提长老从华氏城腾空而起,降至喜马拉雅山间的阿罗婆罗湖上,在湖面上或经行、或站立、或安坐。龙子们见到后,便向龙王阿罗婆罗禀报:“大王,有一个剃除须发、身着袈裟的割截衣者,弄脏了我们的水。”龙王顿时被嗔怒所制伏,出来见到长老后,无法忍受,便在空中变现出种种恐怖景象:四处狂风大作,树木折断,山峰崩落,乌云翻滚,雷鸣电闪,霹雳交加,仿佛天穹破裂,大水倾泻而下。形象恐怖的龙子们纷纷聚集而来。龙王自己也冒着烟焰,全身燃烧,降下武器之雨。他以“这秃头沙门,穿着割截衣的是谁?”等粗恶言语恐吓长老,并向龙众命令道:“来!抓住他!打他!把这个沙门赶走!”长老以自身神通力抵御了这一切恐怖,对龙王说:
Tena kho pana samayena kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhe sassapākasamaye aravāḷo nāma nāgarājā karakavassaṃ nāma vassāpetvā sassaṃ harāpetvā mahāsamuddaṃ pāpeti. Majjhantikatthero pana pāṭaliputtato vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā himavati aravāḷadahassa upari otaritvā aravāḷadahapiṭṭhiyaṃ caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti. Nāgamāṇavakā taṃ disvā aravāḷassa nāgarājassa ārocesuṃ – ‘‘mahārāja, eko chinnabhinnapaṭadharo bhaṇḍu kāsāvavasano amhākaṃ udakaṃ dūsetī’’ti. Nāgarājā tāvadeva kodhābhibhūto nikkhamitvā theraṃ disvā makkhaṃ asahamāno antalikkhe anekāni bhiṃsanakāni nimmini. Tato tato bhusā vātā vāyanti, rukkhā chijjanti, pabbatakūṭāni patanti, meghā gajjanti, vijjulatā niccharanti, asaniyo phalanti, bhinnaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ udakaṃ paggharati. Bhayānakarūpā nāgakumārā sannipatanti. Sayampi dhūmāyati, pajjalati, paharaṇavuṭṭhiyo vissajjeti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ muṇḍako chinnabhinnapaṭadharo’’tiādīhi pharusavacanehi theraṃ santajjesi. ‘‘Etha gaṇhatha hanatha niddhamatha imaṃ samaṇa’’nti nāgabalaṃ āṇāpesi. Thero sabbaṃ taṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ attano iddhibalena paṭibāhitvā nāgarājānaṃ āha –
纵使含摄诸天的世间一切,前来恐吓于我,
也丝毫不能在心中,引生起任何恐惧与惊怖。
即使你,大龙,将整个大地,连同海洋与群山,
举起,向我掷来,
你也无法令我生起恐惧与惊怖。
‘‘Sadevakopi ce loko, āgantvā tāsayeyya maṃ; Na me paṭibalo assa, janetuṃ bhayabheravaṃ. ‘‘Sacepi tvaṃ mahiṃ sabbaṃ, sasamuddaṃ sapabbataṃ; Ukkhipitvā mahānāga, khipeyyāsi mamūpari. ‘‘Neva me sakkuṇeyyāsi, janetuṃ bhayabheravaṃ; Aññadatthu tavevassa, vighāto uragādhipā’’ti.
如是说时,龙王威神之力已被摧破,徒劳无益,陷入痛苦与忧恼。长老便以适时法音教诫、劝导、激励,令其欢喜,随后令龙王与八万四千龙众,一同安住于三皈依与五戒之中。其他众多住在喜马拉雅山的夜叉、乾闼婆和鸠槃荼,听闻长老说法后,也安住于皈依与戒中。有五位夜叉,与其夜叉妻及五百子众,安住于初果。那时,尊者末阐提长老召集所有龙、夜叉、罗刹后,如是说——
Evaṃ vutte nāgarājā vihatānubhāvo nipphalavāyāmo dukkhī dummano ahosi. Taṃ thero taṅkhaṇānurūpāya dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu ca sīlesu patiṭṭhāpesi saddhiṃ caturāsītiyā nāgasahassehi. Aññepi bahū himavantavāsino yakkhā ca gandhabbā ca kumbhaṇḍā ca therassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Pañcakopi yakkho saddhiṃ bhariyāya yakkhiniyā pañcahi ca puttasatehi paṭhame phale patiṭṭhito. Athāyasmā majjhantikatthero sabbepi nāgayakkharakkhase āmantetvā evamāha –
“从今往后,切莫再如往昔那般生起忿怒;
切莫毁坏谷物,众生皆希求安乐。
‘‘Mā dāni kodhaṃ janayittha, ito uddhaṃ yathā pure; Sassaghātañca mā kattha, sukhakāmā hi pāṇino; Karotha mettaṃ sattesu, vasantu manujā sukha’’nti.
他们全都回应长老:“善哉,尊者!”之后便依教奉行。当天恰逢龙王的供养时节,于是龙王令人取来自己的宝石宝座,为长老铺设。长老坐于宝座,龙王也在近旁为长老执扇而立。那时,迦湿弥罗与犍陀罗国的居民前来,见到长老后说:“这位长老比我们的龙王更具大神通。”便只向长老礼拜后坐下。长老为他们讲说《蛇喻经》。说法完毕,八万众生得法现观,十万家族出家。从此以后,迦湿弥罗和犍陀罗国至今袈裟光辉,有仙人风、逆仙人风。
Te sabbepi ‘‘sādhu bhante’’ti therassa paṭissuṇitvā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjiṃsu. Taṃdivasameva ca nāgarājassa pūjāsamayo hoti. Atha nāgarājā attano ratanamayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ āharāpetvā therassa paññapesi. Nisīdi thero pallaṅke. Nāgarājāpi theraṃ bījayamāno samīpe aṭṭhāsi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhavāsino āgantvā theraṃ disvā ‘‘amhākaṃ nāgarājatopi thero mahiddhikataro’’ti therameva vanditvā nisinnā. Thero tesaṃ āsīvisopamasuttaṃ kathesi . Suttapariyosāne asītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, kulasatasahassaṃ pabbaji. Tato pabhuti ca kasmīragandhārā yāvajjatanā kāsāvapajjotā isivātapaṭivātā eva.
那时,末阐提仙人前往迦湿弥罗、犍陀罗后,
使邪恶的龙生起净信,解脱了众多束缚。
Gantvā kasmīragandhāraṃ, isi majjhantiko tadā; Duṭṭhaṃ nāgaṃ pasādetvā, mocesi bandhanā bahūti.
大天长老亦前往摩醯沙迦曼荼罗,宣讲《天使经》。经讲完毕时,四万众生得法眼,四万众生出家。
Mahādevattheropi mahiṃsakamaṇḍalaṃ gantvā devadūtasuttaṃ kathesi. Suttapariyosāne cattālīsa pāṇasahassāni dhammacakkhuṃ paṭilabhiṃsu, cattālīsaṃyeva pāṇasahassāni pabbajiṃsu.
具大神力的大天,前往摩醯沙国后,
借诸天人之力策励已,解脱了众多系缚。
Gantvāna raṭṭhaṃ mahiṃsaṃ, mahādevo mahiddhiko; Codetvā devadūtehi, mocesi bandhanā bahūti.
护持长老则前往林居之处,立于空中,以无始轮回相应的法教令林居者生起净信。说法终了时,有六万众得法现观。约七万众出家,五百所精舍得以建立。如此,他在那里建立了教法。
Rakkhitatthero pana vanavāsiṃ gantvā ākāse ṭhatvā anamataggapariyāyakathāya vanavāsike pasādesi. Kathāpariyosāne panassa saṭṭhisahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Sattatisahassamattā pabbajiṃsu, pañcavihārasatāni patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
具大神通的护持长老,前往林居地后,
立于虚空之中,在那里宣说无始相应。
Gantvāna rakkhitatthero, vanavāsiṃ mahiddhiko; Antalikkhe ṭhito tattha, desesi anamataggiyanti.
臾那法护长老则前往阿波兰多迦,以《火聚喻经》的讲说令阿波兰多迦人深生净信,使七万众生饮尝法味。仅刹帝利族之中便有千位男子出家,更有超过六千位的女子出家。他以此方式,令教法在此处得以建立。
Yonakadhammarakkhitattheropi aparantakaṃ gantvā aggikkhandhopamasuttantakathāya aparantake pasādetvā sattati pāṇasahassāni dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Khattiyakulato eva purisasahassāni pabbajiṃsu, samadhikāni ca cha itthisahassāni. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
臾那法护深入阿波兰多迦后,
于此以火聚喻,令众多人生起净信。
Aparantaṃ vigāhitvā, yonako dhammarakkhito; Aggikkhandhopamenettha, pasādesi jane bahūti.
大法护长老则前往摩诃罗吒,以《摩诃那罗陀迦叶本生经》的说法令摩诃罗吒人生起净信,使八万四千众生安住于道果。一万三千人出家。他便这样在那里建立了教法。
Mahādhammarakkhitatthero pana mahāraṭṭhaṃ gantvā mahānāradakassapajātakakathāya mahāraṭṭhake pasādetvā caturāsīti pāṇasahassāni maggaphalesu patiṭṭhāpesi. Terasasahassāni pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
大法护仙人前往摩诃罗吒后,
讲说本生经,令大众生起净信。
Mahāraṭṭhaṃ isi gantvā, so mahādhammarakkhito; Jātakaṃ kathayitvāna, pasādesi mahājananti.
大护长老则前往臾那国,以《迦罗迦兰园经》的说法令臾那世界生起净信后,赐予十七万众生道果庄严。于他座下有一万人出家。如此,他同样在那里建立了教法。
Mahārakkhitattheropi yonakaraṭṭhaṃ gantvā kāḷakārāmasuttantakathāya yonakalokaṃ pasādetvā sattatisahassādhikassa pāṇasatasahassassa maggaphalālaṅkāraṃ adāsi. Santike cassa dasasahassāni pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ sopi tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
那时,大护仙人前往臾那国后,
他以《迦罗迦兰园经》令那些臾那人生起净信。
Yonaraṭṭhaṃ tadā gantvā, so mahārakkhito isi; Kāḷakārāmasuttena te pasādesi yonaketi.
中部长老与迦叶姓长老、阿罗迦天长老、敦杜比萨罗长老、大天长老一同,前往喜马拉雅地区。他以《转法轮经》的说法令该地生起净信,从而使八十俱胝众生获得了道果之宝。五位长老各令五国生起净信。每人座下约有十万之众出家。如此,他们在那里建立了教法。
Majjhimatthero pana kassapagottattherena aḷakadevattherena dundubhissarattherena mahādevattherena ca saddhiṃ himavantadesabhāgaṃ gantvā dhammacakkappavattanasuttantakathāya taṃ desaṃ pasādetvā asītipāṇakoṭiyo maggaphalaratanāni paṭilābhesi. Pañcapi ca therā pañca raṭṭhāni pasādesuṃ. Ekamekassa santike satasahassamattā pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ te tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
中部长老抵达后,令雪山生起净信,
为夜叉众开示,宣说《转法轮经》。
Gantvāna majjhimatthero, himavantaṃ pasādayi; Yakkhasenaṃ pakāsento, dhammacakkapavattananti.
索那长老亦与北方长老一同前往金地。那时,有一女罗刹从海中出来,吞食王族中每次降生的孩童。就在那一天,王族中恰好有一孩童降生。众人见到长老,以为是罗刹的同伙,便拿起武器,想上前击打长老。长老问:‘你们为何手持武器而来?’众人答道:‘王族中每次降生的孩童都被罗刹吞食,你们是它们的同伙。’长老说:‘我们并非罗刹的同伙,我们是称为沙门的出家人,已远离杀生……乃至远离饮酒,一日一食,具足戒行与善法。’正在那时,那女罗刹带着随从从海中涌出,说道:‘王族中有孩童降生,我要吃他。’众人见到后,恐惧地哭喊:‘尊者,那罗刹来了!’长老便变出比罗刹多出一倍的化身,以那些化身将女罗刹及其随从团团围住,四面合围。女罗刹及其随从心想:‘这地方必定已被他们占据,我们将成为他们的食物。’所有罗刹都心生恐惧,飞速逃窜。长老将他们驱赶至不见踪影,并在岛的四周设立了守护。随后,他为聚集的大众开示《梵网经》,令其欢喜,并使他们安住于皈依与戒中。当时,有六万人得法现观,一千五百位贵族男子出家,一千五百位贵族女子出家。
Soṇattheropi saddhiṃ uttarattherena suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ agamāsi. Tena ca samayena tattha ekā rakkhasī samuddato nikkhamitvā rājakule jāte jāte dārake khādati. Taṃdivasameva ca rājakule eko dārako jāto hoti. Manussā theraṃ disvā ‘‘rakkhasānaṃ sahāyako eso’’ti maññamānā āvudhāni gahetvā theraṃ paharitukāmā āgacchanti. Thero ‘‘kiṃ tumhe āvudhahatthā āgacchathā’’ti āha. Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘rājakule jāte jāte dārake rakkhasā khādanti, tesaṃ tumhe sahāyakā’’ti. Thero ‘‘na mayaṃ rakkhasānaṃ sahāyakā, samaṇā nāma mayaṃ viratā pāṇātipātā…pe… viratā majjapānā ekabhattikā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā’’ti āha. Tasmiṃyeva ca khaṇe sā rakkhasī saparivārā samuddato nikkhami ‘‘rājakule dārako jāto taṃ khādissāmī’’ti. Manussā taṃ disvā ‘‘esā, bhante, rakkhasī āgacchatī’’ti bhītā viraviṃsu. Thero rakkhasehi diguṇe attabhāve nimminitvā tehi attabhāvehi taṃ rakkhasiṃ saparisaṃ majjhe katvā ubhosu passesu parikkhipi . Tassā saparisāya etadahosi – ‘‘addhā imehi idaṃ ṭhānaṃ laddhaṃ bhavissati. Mayaṃ pana imesaṃ bhakkhā bhavissāmā’’ti. Sabbe rakkhasā bhītā vegasā palāyiṃsu. Theropi te yāva adassanaṃ tāva palāpetvā dīpassa samantato rakkhaṃ ṭhapesi. Tasmiñca samaye sannipatitaṃ mahājanakāyaṃ brahmajālasuttantakathāya pasādetvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpesi. Saṭṭhisahassānaṃ panettha dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Kuladārakānaṃ aḍḍhuḍḍhāni sahassāni pabbajiṃsu, kuladhītānaṃ diyaḍḍhasahassaṃ. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. Tato pabhuti rājakule jātadārakānaṃ soṇuttaranāmameva karonti.
到达金地之后,具大神力的索那与乌塔拉,
驱散了毕舍遮后,即开示《梵网经》。
Suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ gantvāna, soṇuttarā mahiddhikā; Pisāce niddhametvāna, brahmajālaṃ adesisunti.
玛欣德长老受戒师与比丘僧团的劝请:“前往铜叶岛建立教法吧。”他便思惟:“如今是我前往铜叶岛的时机吗?还是尚未到呢?”当他审察时,觉得“尚非其时”。他见到了什么而生起此念呢?见到了目犍连王年事已高。于是他思惟:“这位国王年老了,难以仰仗他来弘扬教法。眼下他的儿子天爱帝须将要治理王国,藉由他,将能弘扬教法。那么,在他继位之前,我且先去探望亲属吧。此后,我们或许还会再来这一带,也可能不会。”他如此思惟后,礼敬了戒师和比丘僧团,便离开无忧园,与以伊提耶为首的其余四位长老、僧伽蜜多之子须摩那沙弥,以及优婆塞般度迦一道,绕行王舍城,在南山区一带游历,探访亲属,度过了六个月。之后,次第抵达了母亲所居住的韦提萨那城。据说,阿育王在身为王子时得到封地,前往优禅尼,来到韦提萨那城后,迎娶了当地一位富商之女。她于当日便怀有身孕,在优禅尼生下了玛欣德王子。王子十四岁时,父王登上王位。他的母亲当时就住在亲属家中。因此说:“之后,次第抵达了母亲所居住的韦提萨那城。”
Mahindatthero pana ‘‘tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantvā sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpehī’’ti upajjhāyena ca bhikkhusaṅghena ca ajjhiṭṭho cintesi – ‘‘kālo nu kho me tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantuṃ no’’ti. Athassa vīmaṃsato ‘‘na tāva kālo’’ti ahosi. Kiṃ panassa disvā etadahosi? Muṭasivarañño mahallakabhāvaṃ. Tato cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ rājā mahallako, na sakkā imaṃ gaṇhitvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ. Idāni panassa putto devānaṃpiyatisso rajjaṃ kāressati. Taṃ gaṇhitvā sakkā bhavissati sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ. Handa yāva so samayo āgacchati, tāva ñātake olokema. Puna dāni mayaṃ imaṃ janapadaṃ āgaccheyyāma vā na vā’’ti. So evaṃ cintetvā upajjhāyañca bhikkhusaṅghañca vanditvā asokārāmato nikkhamma tehi iṭṭiyādīhi catūhi therehi saṅghamittāya puttena sumanasāmaṇerena bhaṇḍukena ca upāsakena saddhiṃ rājagahanagaraparivattakena dakkhiṇāgirijanapade cārikaṃ caramāno ñātake olokento cha māse atikkāmesi. Athānupubbena mātu nivesanaṭṭhānaṃ vedisanagaraṃ nāma sampatto. Asoko kira kumārakāle janapadaṃ labhitvā ujjeniṃ gacchanto vedisanagaraṃ patvā vedisaseṭṭhissa dhītaraṃ aggahesi. Sā taṃdivasameva gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā ujjeniyaṃ mahindakumāraṃ vijāyi. Kumārassa cuddasavassakāle rājā abhisekaṃ pāpuṇi. Sā tassa mātā tena samayena ñātighare vasati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘athānupubbena mātu nivesanaṭṭhānaṃ veṭisanagaraṃ nāma sampatto’’ti.
长老的母亲王后见到长老到来,以头面礼长老足,供养食物后,迎请长老登上她所建造的韦提萨山大寺。长老坐在寺中思惟:“我们在此应做之事已经完成,现在是前往楞伽岛的时候了吗?”又思惟:“且让天爱帝须先受用我父亲送去的灌顶尊位,让他听闻三宝的功德,为庆贺节日出城登上弥沙迦山,届时我们将与他会面。”之后他又在那里住了一个月。过了一个月,在雨季月满月的布萨日,所有聚集的僧众商议:“前往铜叶岛的时机到了吗?还是未到?”因此古人说:
Sampattañca pana theraṃ disvā theramātā devī pādesu sirasā vanditvā bhikkhaṃ datvā theraṃ attanā kataṃ vedisagirimahāvihāraṃ nāma āropesi. Thero tasmiṃ vihāre nisinno cintesi – ‘‘amhākaṃ idha kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ, samayo nu kho idāni laṅkādīpaṃ gantu’’nti. Tato cintesi – ‘‘anubhavatu tāva me pitarā pesitaṃ abhisekaṃ devānaṃpiyatisso, ratanattayaguṇañca suṇātu, chaṇatthañca nagarato nikkhamitvā missakapabbataṃ abhiruhatu, tadā taṃ tattha dakkhissāmā’’ti. Athāparaṃ ekamāsaṃ tattheva vāsaṃ kappesi. Māsātikkamena ca jeṭṭhamūlamāsapuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathadivase sannipatitā sabbepi – ‘‘kālo nu kho amhākaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gamanāya, udāhu no’’ti mantayiṃsu. Tenāhu porāṇā –
玛欣德其名,时为僧团长老;
伊提耶长老、乌提耶长老,跋陀沙罗与桑波罗。
沙弥须摩那,具足六神通,有大神力;
般度迦是他们的第七位,已见谛的优婆塞;
这些大龙象,就这样在隐蔽处商议。
‘‘Mahindo nāma nāmena, saṅghatthero tadā ahu; Iṭṭiyo uttiyo thero, bhaddasālo ca sambalo. ‘‘Sāmaṇero ca sumano, chaḷabhiñño mahiddhiko; Bhaṇḍuko sattamo tesaṃ, diṭṭhasacco upāsako; Iti hete mahānāgā, mantayiṃsu rahogatā’’ti.
那时,诸天之王帝释天来到玛欣德长老前,对他说道:“尊者,穆塔西瓦王已经去世,如今由天爱帝须大王统理国政。正自觉者曾为你们授记:‘未来有一位名为玛欣德的比丘,将使铜叶岛欢喜信受。’因此,尊者,现在是前往胜岛的时候了,我也将成为你们的助伴。”帝释天为何这样说呢?原来,世尊曾在菩提树下以佛眼观察世间,预见了此岛未来的成就,便将此事告知,并吩咐说:“那时你应当作助伴。”因此帝释天才这样说。长老接受了他的提议,带着其余六人,从韦提萨山腾空而起,降落在阿努罗陀城东方的弥沙迦山。如今此山也称“支提山”。因此古人说:
Tadā sakko devānamindo mahindattheraṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘kālaṅkato, bhante, muṭasivarājā; idāni devānaṃpiyatissamahārājā rajjaṃ kāreti. Sammāsambuddhena ca tumhe byākatā – ‘anāgate mahindo nāma bhikkhu tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pasādessatī’ti. Tasmātiha vo, bhante, kālo dīpavaraṃ gamanāya; ahampi vo sahāyo bhavissāmī’’ti. Kasmā pana sakko evamāha? Bhagavā kirassa bodhimūleyeva buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ voloketvā anāgate imassa dīpassa sampattiṃ disvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘tadā tvampi sahāyo bhaveyyāsī’’ti ca āṇāpesi. Tasmā evamāha. Thero tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā attasattamo veṭisakapabbatā vehāsaṃ uppatitvā anurādhapurassa puratthimadisāya missakapabbate patiṭṭhahi. Yaṃ panetarahi ‘‘cetiyapabbato’’tipi sañjānanti. Tenāhu porāṇā –
于韦提萨山、王舍城,住满三十夜后,
恰是启程之时,我们前往最胜岛。
‘‘Veṭisagirimhi rājagahe, vasitvā tiṃsarattiyo; Kālova gamanassāti, gacchāma dīpamuttamaṃ. ‘‘Paḷīnā jambudīpā te, haṃsarājāva ambare; Evamuppatitā therā, nipatiṃsu naguttame. ‘‘Purato puraseṭṭhassa, pabbate meghasannibhe; Patiṃsu sīlakūṭamhi, haṃsāva nagamuddhanī’’ti.
应知尊者玛欣德长老是与伊提亚等一同前来并于此岛安住,他是在正自觉者般涅槃后第二百三十六年登上此岛的。因为正自觉者是在阿阇世王第八年般涅槃的。就在那一年,狮子王之子、铜掌岛的首位国王维阇耶王子来到此岛,建立人住。阎浮洲优陀耶跋陀王第十四年,维阇耶在此辞世;优陀耶跋陀王第十五年,名为般度婆苏提婆者于此岛获得王位。龙仆王第二十年,般度婆苏提婆在此辞世;同年,名为无畏的王子于此岛获得王位。须修那伽王第十七年,无畏王在此满二十年。此后无畏王第二十年,名为般度迦波耶的叛乱者夺取了王位。黑阿育王第十六年,般度迦波耶在此满十七年,加上先前一年,共十八年。旃陀罗笈多王第十四年,般度迦波耶在此辞世;穆多湿婆王获得王位。阿育法王第十七年,穆多湿婆王在此辞世;天爱帝须王获得王位。正自觉者般涅槃后,阿阇世王统治二十四年,优陀耶跋陀王十六年,阿努楼陀王与蒙陀王共八年,龙仆王二十四年,须修那伽王十八年,其子黑阿育王二十八年,其后他的十个儿子即十兄弟王统治二十二年,他们之后,九难
Evaṃ iṭṭiyādīhi saddhiṃ āgantvā patiṭṭhahanto ca āyasmā mahindatthero sammāsambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari chattiṃsatime vasse imasmiṃ dīpe patiṭṭhahīti veditabbo. Ajātasattussa hi aṭṭhame vasse sammāsambuddho parinibbāyi. Tasmiṃyeva vasse sīhakumārassa putto tambapaṇṇidīpassa ādirājā vijayakumāro imaṃ dīpamāgantvā manussāvāsaṃ akāsi. Jambudīpe udayabhaddassa cuddasame vasse idha vijayo kālamakāsi. Udayabhaddassa pañcadasame vasse paṇḍuvāsudevo nāma imasmiṃ dīpe rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha nāgadāsakarañño vīsatime vasse idha paṇḍuvāsudevo kālamakāsi. Tasmiṃyeva ca vasse abhayo nāma rājakumāro imasmiṃ dīpe rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha susunāgarañño sattarasame vasse idha abhayarañño vīsativassāni paripūriṃsu. Atha abhayassa vīsatime vasse paṇḍukābhayo nāma dāmariko rajjaṃ aggahesi. Tattha kāḷāsokassa soḷasame vasse idha paṇḍukassa sattarasavassāni paripūriṃsu. Tāni heṭṭhā ekena vassena saha aṭṭhārasa honti. Tattha candaguttassa cuddasame vasse idha paṇḍukābhayo kālamakāsi. Muṭasivarājā rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha asokadhammarājassa sattarasame vasse idha muṭasivarājā kālamakāsi. Devānampiyatisso rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Parinibbute ca sammāsambuddhe ajātasattu catuvīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāresi. Udayabhaddo soḷasa, anuruddho ca muṇḍo ca aṭṭha, nāgadāsako catuvīsati, susunāgo aṭṭhārasa, tasseva putto kāḷāsoko aṭṭhavīsati, tato tassa puttakā dasa bhātukarājāno dvevīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāresuṃ. Tesaṃ pacchato nava nandā dvevīsatimeva, candagutto catuvīsati, bindusāro aṭṭhavīsati . Tassāvasāne asoko rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tassa pure abhisekā cattāri abhisekato aṭṭhārasame vasse imasmiṃ dīpe mahindatthero patiṭṭhito. Evametena rājavaṃsānusārena veditabbametaṃ – ‘‘sammāsambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari chattiṃsatime vasse imasmiṃ dīpe patiṭṭhahī’’ti.
那一天,铜掌岛上出现了名为‘最胜根本’的星宿。国王宣告星宿之后,命令大臣们‘举行庆典’,便由四万人众随从,出城前往密沙迦山,欲游玩狩猎。当时,住在该山的一位天神心想:‘我要让国王见到长老们。’于是化作一头赤鹿的模样,在近处做出嚼食草叶的样子。国王看见后,心想:‘现在射杀这只毫无防备的鹿,似有不妥。’便弹响了弓弦。鹿随即取道芒果林间小路奔逃。国王从后紧紧追赶,登上了那片芒果林。鹿在距离长老们不远处消失不见。尊者玛欣德长老远远望见国王走来,便决意:‘让国王只看见我,不要看见其他人,’随即说道:‘帝须,帝须,来这边。’国王听后心念:‘在这个岛上出生的人当中,没有能直呼“帝须”来与我交谈的。而这个穿着割截衣、剃除须发、披着袈裟的人,竟直呼我的名字——他究竟是人还是非人呢?’
Tasmiñca divase tambapaṇṇidīpe jeṭṭhamūlanakkhattaṃ nāma hoti. Rājā nakkhattaṃ ghosāpetvā ‘‘chaṇaṃ karothā’’ti amacce ca āṇāpetvā cattālīsapurisasahassaparivāro nagaramhā nikkhamitvā yena missakapabbato tena pāyāsi migavaṃ kīḷitukāmo. Atha tasmiṃ pabbate adhivatthā ekā devatā ‘‘rañño there dassessāmī’’ti rohitamigarūpaṃ gahetvā avidūre tiṇapaṇṇāni khādamānā viya carati. Rājā taṃ disvā ‘‘ayuttaṃ dāni pamattaṃ vijjhitu’’nti jiyaṃ phoṭesi. Migo ambatthalamaggaṃ gahetvā palāyituṃ ārabhi. Rājā piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhanto ambatthalameva abhiruhi. Migopi therānaṃ avidūre antaradhāyi. Mahindatthero rājānaṃ avidūre āgacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘mamaṃyeva rājā passatu, mā itare’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā ‘‘tissa, tissa, ito ehī’’ti āha. Rājā sutvā cintesi – ‘‘imasmiṃ dīpe jāto maṃ ‘tissā’ti nāmaṃ gahetvā ālapituṃ samattho nāma natthi. Ayaṃ pana chinnabhinnapaṭadharo bhaṇḍu kāsāvavasano maṃ nāmena ālapati, ko nu kho ayaṃ bhavissati manusso vā amanusso vā’’ti? Thero āha –
‘‘Samaṇā mayaṃ mahārāja, dhammarājassa sāvakā; Taveva anukampāya, jambudīpā idhāgatā’’ti.
那时,天爱帝须大王与阿育法王素未谋面,却是朋友。仗着天爱帝须大王的福德威力,在恰塔山山脚的一处竹丛中,长出了三根如车辕大小的竹竿——一根名藤蔓竿,一根名花竿,一根名鸟竿。其中,藤蔓竿呈银色,若经装饰,其上生出的藤蔓便显现为金色;花竿上则显现出蓝、黄、红、白、黑色的花朵,花梗、花瓣、花蕊分明;鸟竿上则显现出天鹅、鸡、雉等鸟类及各种四足兽,栩栩如生。这在《岛史》中也有记载:
Tena ca samayena devānampiyatissamahārājā ca asokadhammarājā ca adiṭṭhasahāyakā honti. Devānampiyatissamahārājassa ca puññānubhāvena chātapabbatapāde ekamhi veḷugumbe tisso veḷuyaṭṭhiyo rathayaṭṭhippamāṇā uppajjiṃsu – ekā latāyaṭṭhi nāma, ekā pupphayaṭṭhi nāma, ekā sakuṇayaṭṭhi nāma. Tāsu latāyaṭṭhi rajatavaṇṇā hoti, taṃ alaṅkaritvā uppannalatā kañcanavaṇṇā khāyati. Pupphayaṭṭhiyaṃ pana nīlapītalohitodātakāḷavaṇṇāni pupphāni suvibhattavaṇṭapattakiñjakkhāni hutvā khāyanti. Sakuṇayaṭṭhiyaṃ haṃsakukkuṭajīvajīvakādayo sakuṇā nānappakārāni ca catuppadāni sajīvāni viya khāyanti. Vuttampi cetaṃ dīpavaṃse –
‘恰塔山山脚,有三根竹竿;
白色者如银竿,藤蔓则似金色。’
‘蓝色等花朵是什么样,花竿上也是什么样;
鸟儿落在栖竿上,各各保持其本来的形态。
‘‘Chātapabbatapādamhi , veḷuyaṭṭhī tayo ahu; Setā rajatayaṭṭhīva, latā kañcanasannibhā. ‘‘Nīlādi yādisaṃ pupphaṃ, pupphayaṭṭhimhi tādisaṃ; Sakuṇā sakuṇayaṭṭhimhi, sarūpeneva saṇṭhitā’’ti.
从大海中,为他生出了珍珠、摩尼珠、琉璃等种种宝物。而在铜掌岛,则出现了八种珍珠:马珠、象珠、车珠、余甘子珠、手镯珠、指环珠、髻珠、天然珠。他将那些竹竿、那些珍珠,以及众多其他的宝物,作为赠礼献给阿育法王。阿育王心生欢喜,回赠他五种王权之物——拂尘、顶髻、伞、剑与宝履,以及其他许多用于灌顶的赠礼,即:螺、恒河水、增长瓶、耳饰、水壶、右旋喜旋、轿、少女、勺、下衣布匹、擦手巾、黄檀香、红土颜料、眼药、诃子、余甘子。此事在《岛史》中亦有记载:
Samuddatopissa muttāmaṇiveḷuriyādi anekavihitaṃ ratanaṃ uppajji. Tambapaṇṇiyaṃ pana aṭṭha muttā uppajjiṃsu – hayamuttā, gajamuttā, rathamuttā, āmalakamuttā, valayamuttā, aṅguliveṭhakamuttā, kakudhaphalamuttā, pākatikamuttāti. So tā ca yaṭṭhiyo tā ca muttā aññañca bahuṃ ratanaṃ asokassa dhammarañño paṇṇākāratthāya pesesi. Asoko pasīditvā tassa pañca rājakakudhabhaṇḍāni pahiṇi – chattaṃ, cāmaraṃ, khaggaṃ, moḷiṃ, ratanapādukaṃ, aññañca abhisekatthāya bahuvidhaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ; seyyathidaṃ – saṅkhaṃ, gaṅgodakaṃ, vaḍḍhamānaṃ, vaṭaṃsakaṃ, bhiṅgāraṃ, nandiyāvaṭṭaṃ, sivikaṃ, kaññaṃ, kaṭacchuṃ, adhovimaṃ dussayugaṃ, hatthapuñchanaṃ, haricandanaṃ, aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṃ, añjanaṃ, harītakaṃ, āmalakanti. Vuttampi cetaṃ dīpavaṃse –
拂尘、顶髻、伞、剑与宝履,
头巾、精华腰带、水壶、右旋喜旋。
“轿、海螺、耳饰、下衣布料,”
金钵、汤匙、贵重的擦手巾。”
阿耨达池水、少女、上等金色檀香;
朝霞色泽的泥土,龙所奉的眼药。
诃子、余甘子,珍贵的不死药;
六十车香米,芬芳馥郁,由鹦鹉衔来;
此米由福业所生,为名唤无忧者所遣送。』
‘‘Vālabījanimuṇhīsaṃ, chattaṃ khaggañca pādukaṃ; Veṭhanaṃ sārapāmaṅgaṃ, bhiṅgāraṃ nandivaṭṭakaṃ. ‘‘Sivikaṃ saṅkhaṃ vaṭaṃsañca, adhovimaṃ vatthakoṭikaṃ; Sovaṇṇapātiṃ kaṭacchuṃ, mahagghaṃ hatthapuñchanaṃ. ‘‘Anotattodakaṃ kaññaṃ, uttamaṃ haricandanaṃ; Aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṃ , añjanaṃ nāgamāhaṭaṃ. ‘‘Harītakaṃ āmalakaṃ, mahagghaṃ amatosadhaṃ; Saṭṭhivāhasataṃ sāliṃ, sugandhaṃ suvakāhaṭaṃ; Puññakammābhinibbattaṃ, pāhesi asokavhayo’’ti.
不仅以此物质作为书信之礼,据说,他还遣送了此法之书信为礼——
Na kevalañcetaṃ āmisapaṇṇākāraṃ, imaṃ kira dhammapaṇṇākārampi pesesi –
我已皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧;
于释迦子教法中,我宣布了优婆塞身份。
在最胜者的无上教法中,于这三事;
你也应当澄净心意,以信皈依。
‘‘Ahaṃ buddhañca dhammañca, saṅghañca saraṇaṃ gato; Upāsakattaṃ desesiṃ, sakyaputtassa sāsane. ‘‘Imesu tīsu vatthūsu, uttame jinasāsane; Tvampi cittaṃ pasādehi, saddhā saraṇamupehī’’ti.
于维萨迦月圆日,他们为他举行了灌顶。不久,他忆念教法的流布,听到那位长老说:“大王,我们是法王的弟子,沙门。”闻已,他心想:“圣者们来了吗?”于是即刻放下武器,坐于一旁,互相致以欣悦之语。正如所说:
Visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ hissa abhisekamakaṃsu. So acirassutaṃ – taṃ sāsanappavattiṃ anussaramāno taṃ therassa ‘‘samaṇā mayaṃ mahārāja dhammarājassa sāvakā’’ti vacanaṃ sutvā ‘‘ayyā nu kho āgatā’’ti tāvadeva āvudhaṃ nikkhipitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ kathayamāno. Yathāha –
放下武器后,他于一旁坐下;
国王坐下后,欢喜交谈,所言多涉义利。
‘‘Āvudhaṃ nikkhipitvāna, ekamantaṃ upāvisi; Nisajja rājā sammodi, bahuṃ atthūpasañhita’’nti.
正当彼此欢喜交谈之时,那四万人也到来,将他围绕。那时长老又示现了其余六人。国王看见后问道:“这些人何时来的?”“与我一同来的,大王。”“如今在赡部洲中,还有其他这样的沙门吗?”“有的,大王;此刻赡部洲中,袈裟闪耀,具仙人风范……
Sammodanīyakathañca kurumāneyeva tasmiṃ tānipi cattālīsapurisasahassāni āgantvā samparivāresuṃ. Tadā thero itarepi cha jane dassesi. Rājā disvā ‘‘ime kadā āgatā’’ti āha . ‘‘Mayā saddhiṃyeva, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Idāni pana jambudīpe aññepi evarūpā samaṇā santī’’ti? ‘‘Santi, mahārāja; etarahi jambudīpo kāsāvapajjoto isivātapaṭivāto. Tasmiṃ –
三明者、神通成就者、善知他心者;
漏尽者、阿拉汉,是佛陀的众多弟子。
‘‘Tevijjā iddhipattā ca, cetopariyāyakovidā; Khīṇāsavā arahanto, bahū buddhassa sāvakāti.
“尊者,你们是如何来的?”“大王,既非由水,也非由陆。”国王知道:“是乘虚空而来。”长老为试探国王是否智慧明辨,便借近处的芒果树发问:“大王,这棵树叫什么名字?”“尊者,叫芒果树。”“大王,除了这棵芒果树,还有其他芒果树吗?”“有的,尊者,还有许多其他芒果树。”“大王,除了这棵芒果树和那些芒果树,还有其他树吗?”“有的,尊者,但那些不是芒果树。”“除了其他芒果树和非芒果树,还有其他树吗?”“尊者,就是这棵芒果树。”“善哉,大王,你是有智慧者。大王,你有亲戚吗?”“有的,尊者,有很多。”“除了他们,还有其他非亲戚吗,大王?”“尊者,非亲戚比亲戚更多。”“大王,除了你的亲戚和非亲戚,还有其他什么人吗?”“就是我自己,尊者。”于是长老心想:“国王确有智慧,能了知法。”便讲述了《小象迹喻经》。讲毕,国王与四万人一同安住于三皈依。
‘‘Bhante, kena āgatatthā’’ti? ‘‘Neva, mahārāja, udakena na thalenā’’ti. ‘‘Rājā ākāsena āgatā’’ti aññāsi. Thero ‘‘atthi nu kho rañño paññāveyattiya’’nti vīmaṃsanatthāya āsannaṃ ambarukkhaṃ ārabbha pañhaṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ nāmo ayaṃ, mahārāja, rukkho’’ti? ‘‘Ambarukkho nāma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Imaṃ pana, mahārāja, ambaṃ muñcitvā añño ambo atthi, natthī’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhante, aññepi bahū ambarukkhā’’ti. ‘‘Imañca ambaṃ te ca ambe muñcitvā atthi nu kho, mahārāja, aññe rukkhā’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhante, te pana na ambarukkhā’’ti. ‘‘Aññe ambe ca anambe ca muñcitvā atthi pana añño rukkho’’ti? ‘‘Ayameva, bhante, ambarukkho’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, mahārāja, paṇḍitosi. Atthi pana te, mahārāja, ñātakā’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhante, bahū janā’’ti. ‘‘Te muñcitvā aññe keci aññātakāpi atthi, mahārājā’’ti? ‘‘Aññātakā, bhante, ñātakehi bahutarā’’ti. ‘‘Tava ñātake ca aññātake ca muñcitvā atthañño koci, mahārājā’’ti ? ‘‘Ahameva, aññātako’’ti. Atha thero ‘‘paṇḍito rājā sakkhissati dhammaṃ aññātu’’nti cūḷahatthipadopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne rājā tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhahi saddhiṃ cattālīsāya pāṇasahassehi.
就在那时,国王的食物送了上来。国王在听经时便明白:“此时对他们而言,不宜进食。”又想:“不问而食是不合适的。”于是便问:“尊者,你们将用斋吗?”“大王,此时对我们而言,不宜进食。”“尊者,何时适宜呢?”“从日出直到正午,大王。”“尊者,请到城里去吧?”“不必了,大王,我们就住在这里。”“尊者,若你们住下,就让这孩子来吧。”“大王,这孩子已证得果位,通达教法,渴望出家,现在就要出家了。”国王说:“既如此,尊者,明日我将派遣车来;请你们乘那车前来。”说完,礼敬而去。
Taṃ khaṇaññeva ca rañño bhattaṃ āhariyittha . Rājā ca suttantaṃ suṇanto eva aññāsi – ‘‘na imesaṃ imasmiṃ kāle bhojanaṃ kappatī’’ti. ‘‘Apucchitvā pana bhuñjituṃ ayutta’’nti cintetvā ‘‘bhuñjissatha, bhante’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Na, mahārāja, amhākaṃ imasmiṃ kāle bhojanaṃ kappatī’’ti. ‘‘Kasmiṃ kāle, bhante, kappatī’’ti? ‘‘Aruṇuggamanato paṭṭhāya yāva majjhanhikasamayā, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Gacchāma, bhante, nagara’’nti? ‘‘Alaṃ, mahārāja, idheva vasissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, tumhe vasatha, ayaṃ dārako āgacchatū’’ti. ‘‘Mahārāja, ayaṃ dārako āgataphalo viññātasāsano pabbajjāpekkho idāni pabbajissatī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘tena hi, bhante, sve rathaṃ pesessāmi; taṃ abhiruhitvā āgaccheyyāthā’’ti vatvā vanditvā pakkāmi.
国王离去后不久,长老对须摩那沙弥说道:“来,须摩那,你宣告闻法之时吧。”沙弥问:“尊者,我应宣告到多远的地方?”“整个铜掌岛。”“善哉,尊者。”沙弥便入作为神通基础的第四禅,出定后决意,以等持之心宣告整个铜掌岛的闻法之时,连宣三遍。国王听到那声音,便派人去问长老:“尊者,发生了何等的灾祸吗?”“我们并无任何灾祸,只是命人宣告闻法之时,将要开示佛法。”接着,地居天听到沙弥的声音后,也令声远播。如此,声音上至梵天界。由于此声,诸天大众云集。长老见诸天大众云集,便开示《同心经》。开示完毕,无量天众得法现观,众多龙与金翅鸟安住于皈依。如同舍利弗长老讲说此经时天众云集一般,玛欣德长老讲说时也是如此。夜晚过后,国王派出车乘给长老们。车夫将车停在一边,告知长老们:“尊者,车已备好;请上车,我们启程吧。”长老们说:“我们不乘车;你先回去吧,我们随后就来。”言毕即腾空而起,在阿努罗陀补罗城东方的第一塔处降下。因该塔建在长老们首次降下之处,故称“第一塔”。
Thero acirapakkantassa rañño sumanasāmaṇeraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, sumana, dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosehī’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, kittakaṃ ṭhānaṃ sāvento ghosemī’’ti? ‘‘Sakalaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpa’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti sāmaṇero abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhahitvā samāhitena cittena sakalaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ sāvento tikkhattuṃ dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosesi. Rājā taṃ saddaṃ sutvā therānaṃ santikaṃ pesesi – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, atthi koci upaddavo’’ti. ‘‘Natthamhākaṃ koci upaddavo, dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosāpayimha buddhavacanaṃ kathetukāmamhā’’ti . Tañca pana sāmaṇerassa saddaṃ sutvā bhummā devatā saddamanussāvesuṃ. Etenupāyena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. Tena saddena mahā devatāsannipāto ahosi. Thero mahantaṃ devatāsannipātaṃ disvā samacittasuttantaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ devatānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bahū nāgā ca supaṇṇā ca saraṇesu patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Yādisova sāriputtattherassa imaṃ suttantaṃ kathayato devatāsannipāto ahosi, tādiso mahindattherassāpi jāto. Atha tassā rattiyā accayena rājā therānaṃ rathaṃ pesesi. Sārathī rathaṃ ekamante ṭhapetvā therānaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘āgato, bhante, ratho; abhiruhatha gacchissāmā’’ti. Therā ‘‘na mayaṃ rathaṃ abhiruhāma; gaccha tvaṃ, pacchā mayaṃ āgacchissāmā’’ti vatvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā anurādhapurassa puratthimadisāyaṃ paṭhamakacetiyaṭṭhāne otariṃsu. Tañhi cetiyaṃ therehi paṭhamaṃ otiṇṇaṭṭhāne katattāyeva ‘‘paṭhamakacetiya’’nti vuccati.
国王派出车夫后,又命令大臣们:“在内宫准备一座亭阁。”大臣们立即满怀欢喜,备办了一座极为庄严的亭阁。国王又想:“昨天长老讲说戒蕴时提到‘高广大床是不允许的’;圣者们到底会不会坐在这些座位上呢?”正当他这样思量时,那位车夫已抵达城门。接着,他看到长老们已先他而至,正在系带披衣。见此情景,他心生极大净信,回来禀报国王:“陛下,长老们到了。”国王问:“他们乘车了吗?”车夫答:“没有乘车,陛下,他们在我之后出发,却先我而至,站在东门。”国王听说他们连车也没乘,心想:“看来圣者们现在不会接受高广大床了。”于是说:“既然如此,那就为长老们铺设仅限于地上敷具的座位吧。”说完便前去迎接。大臣们在地上铺了草席,再在上面铺上毛毯等彩绘敷具。占相师们看后预言道:“如今大地已被他们所据,他们将成为这铜掌岛的主人。”国王也上前礼敬长老们,从玛欣德长老手中接过钵,以丰盛的供养与恭敬将长老们迎入城中,请进内宫。长老看过座位的铺设,心中想到:“我们的教法将如同大地一般,遍布整个楞伽岛,稳固而安立。”便坐了下来。
Rājāpi sārathiṃ pesetvā ‘‘antonivesane maṇḍapaṃ paṭiyādethā’’ti amacce āṇāpesi. Tāvadeva sabbe haṭṭhatuṭṭhā ativiya pāsādikaṃ maṇḍapaṃ paṭiyādesuṃ. Puna rājā cintesi – ‘‘hiyyo thero sīlakkhandhaṃ kathayamāno ‘uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ na kappatī’ti āha; ‘nisīdissanti nu kho ayyā āsanesu, na nisīdissantī’’’ti? Tassevaṃ cintayantasseva so sārathi nagaradvāraṃ sampatto. Tato addasa there paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā cīvaraṃ pārupante. Disvā ativiya pasannacitto hutvā āgantvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘āgatā, deva, therā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘rathaṃ ārūḷhā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Na ārūḷhā, deva, api ca mama pacchato nikkhamitvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā pācīnadvāre ṭhitā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘rathampi nābhirūhiṃsū’’ti sutvā ‘‘na dāni ayyā uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ sādiyissantī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, therānaṃ bhūmattharaṇasaṅkhepena āsanāni paññapethā’’ti vatvā paṭipathaṃ agamāsi. Amaccā pathaviyaṃ taṭṭikaṃ paññapetvā upari kojavakādīni cittattharaṇāni paññapesuṃ. Uppātapāṭhakā disvā ‘‘gahitā dāni imehi pathavī, ime tambapaṇṇidīpassa sāmikā bhavissantī’’ti byākariṃsu. Rājāpi gantvā there vanditvā mahindattherassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā mahatiyā pūjāya ca sakkārena ca there nagaraṃ pavesetvā antonivesanaṃ pavesesi. Thero āsanapaññattiṃ disvā ‘‘amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ sakalalaṅkādīpe pathavī viya patthaṭaṃ niccalañca hutvā patiṭṭhahissatī’’ti cintento nisīdi. Rājā there paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā ‘‘anuḷādevīpamukhāni pañca itthisatāni therānaṃ abhivādanaṃ pūjāsakkārañca karontū’’ti pakkosāpetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Thero bhattakiccāvasāne rañño saparijanassa dhammaratanavassaṃ vassento petavatthuṃvimānavatthuṃ saccasaṃyuttañca kathesi. Taṃ therassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā tāni pañcapi itthisatāni sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchākaṃsu.
前一日在弥沙迦山见过长老的人们,在各处称扬长老们的功德。大众听闻之后,聚集在王宫广场,发出巨大喧哗声。国王问:“这是什么声音?”手下答:“陛下,市民们在喧嚷着说‘我们见不到长老们’。”国王心想:“如果他们进到这里来,地方是容纳不下的。”于是说道:“你们去把象棚整理好,铺上沙子,撒上五色花,挂起布幔,在吉祥象所在之处为长老们铺设座位。”大臣们依言照办。长老在那里坐下,开示了《天使经》。说法终了,一千众生安住于须陀洹果。随后,因为“象棚过于拥挤”,又在南门的难陀那林苑中铺设座席。长老在那里坐下,开示了《蛇喻经》。闻听此经之后,又有一千众生证得须陀洹果。
Yepi te manussā purimadivase missakapabbate there addasaṃsu, te tesu tesu ṭhānesu therānaṃ guṇe kathenti. Tesaṃ sutvā mahājanakāyo rājaṅgaṇe sannipatitvā mahāsaddaṃ akāsi. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ eso saddo’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Nāgarā, deva, ‘there daṭṭhuṃ na labhāmā’ti viravantī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘sace idha pavisissanti, okāso na bhavissatī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, hatthisālaṃ paṭijaggitvā vālukaṃ ākiritvā pañcavaṇṇāni pupphāni vikiritvā celavitānaṃ bandhitvā maṅgalahatthiṭṭhāne therānaṃ āsanāni paññapethā’’ti āha. Amaccā tathā akaṃsu. Thero tattha gantvā nisīditvā devadūtasuttantaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne pāṇasahassaṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Tato ‘‘hatthisālā atisambādhā’’ti dakkhiṇadvāre nandanavanuyyāne āsanaṃ paññapesuṃ. Thero tattha nisīditvā āsīvisopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Tampi sutvā pāṇasahassaṃ sotāpattiphalaṃ paṭilabhi.
如此,于次日,有二千五百人得法现观。长老在难陀那林苑中,与前来相见的良家女子、良家媳、良家少女亲切交谈,不觉已至傍晚时分。长老察觉时间后,起身说道:“我们现在回弥沙迦山吧。”大臣们问:“尊者,您们要去哪里?”长老答:“回我们的住处。”他们禀告国王,得到许可后回道:“尊者,现在去那里不合时宜,就让这难陀那林苑作为圣众的住处吧。”长老说:“不必,我们还是走。”他们又将国王的话转达:“尊者,国王说:‘有一座名为云林的花园,是我父亲的产业,离城不远不近,往来便利,恳请长老们在那里安居。’”于是长老们便在云林园安居。
Evaṃ āgatadivasato dutiyadivase aḍḍhateyyasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Therassa nandanavane āgatāgatāhi kulitthīhi kulasuṇhāhi kulakumārīhi saddhiṃ sammodamānasseva sāyanhasamayo jāto. Thero kālaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘gacchāma dāni missakapabbata’’nti uṭṭhahi. Amaccā – ‘‘kattha, bhante, gacchathā’’ti? ‘‘Amhākaṃ nivāsanaṭṭhāna’’nti. Te rañño saṃviditaṃ katvā rājānumatena āhaṃsu – ‘‘akālo, bhante, idāni tattha gantuṃ; idameva nandanavanuyyānaṃ ayyānaṃ āvāsaṭṭhānaṃ hotū’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, gacchāmā’’ti. Puna rañño vacanenāhaṃsu – ‘‘rājā, bhante, āha – ‘etaṃ meghavanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ mama pitu santakaṃ nagarato nātidūraṃ nāccāsannaṃ gamanāgamanasampannaṃ, ettha therā vāsaṃ kappentū’’’ti. Vasiṃsu therā meghavane uyyāne.
那一夜过后,国王来到长老身边,问候安眠之后,问道:“尊者,僧团可接受园林吗?”长老答:“接受,大王。”并引用一段经文:“比丘们,我允许接受园林。”国王满怀欢喜,拿起金瓶,将水倾注在长老手中,布施了大云林园。随着水流倾注,大地震动。这是大寺的第一次地震。国王心生恐惧,向长老问道:“尊者,大地为何震动?”长老答:“大王,勿要惊恐。十力者的教法将在此岛安立,而此处将成为第一座寺院,这是它的预兆。”国王由此更为净信。次日,长老仍在王宫中用餐,并在难陀那林苑中讲述《无始相应》。第三日讲述《火堆喻经》。如此连续说法七日。说法结束时,有八千五百众生得法现观。从此以后,难陀那林苑因成为教法光明显现之处,得名为“光林”。到了第七日,长老们在王宫为国王讲述《不放逸经》后,便前往支提山。
Rājāpi kho tassā rattiyā accayena therassa samīpaṃ gantvā sukhasayitabhāvaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘kappati, bhante, bhikkhusaṅghassa ārāmo’’ti pucchi. Thero ‘‘kappati, mahārājā’’ti vatvā imaṃ suttaṃ āhari – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāma’’nti. Rājā tuṭṭho suvaṇṇabhiṅgāraṃ gahetvā therassa hatthe udakaṃ pātetvā mahāmeghavanuyyānaṃ adāsi. Saha udakapātena pathavī kampi. Ayaṃ mahāvihāre paṭhamo pathavīkampo ahosi. Rājā bhīto theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampatī’’ti? ‘‘Mā bhāyi, mahārāja, imasmiṃ dīpe dasabalassa sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhahissati; idañca paṭhamaṃ vihāraṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti. Rājā bhiyyosomattāya pasīdi. Thero punadivasepi rājageheyeva bhuñjitvā nandanavane anamataggiyāni kathesi. Punadivase aggikkhandhopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Etenevupāyena satta divasāni kathesi. Desanāpariyosāne aḍḍhanavamānaṃ pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tato paṭṭhāya ca nandanavanaṃ sāsanassa jotipātubhāvaṭṭhānanti katvā ‘‘jotivana’’nti nāmaṃ labhi. Sattame pana divase therā antepure rañño appamādasuttaṃ kathayitvā cetiyagirimeva agamaṃsu.
于是国王问大臣们:“长老以严厉的教诫教导我们,他是否即将离去?”大臣们说:“陛下,长老并非应您所请而来,乃是自行前来,因此即使不告而别,也是情理之中。”于是国王登上车乘,让两位王后也上车,以伟大的转轮王般的威仪前往支提山。到达后,他让王后们退到一边,自己极度疲惫地来到长老们面前。长老便问他:“大王,您为何如此疲惫地赶来?”国王说:“尊者,我想知道,您们给了我们严厉的教诫之后,现在是否想要离开?”长老说:“大王,我们并不想离开;然而,大王,如今正值入雨安居的时节,沙门应当安排安居的处所。”就在那一天,有位名叫阿利吒的大臣,与其五十五位兄弟——从兄长到幼弟,一同站在国王身边,说道:“陛下,我想在长老座下出家。”国王说:“善哉,贤友,你出家吧。”允诺后,便将他托付给长老。长老当天便为他剃度。他们所有人,在剃刀落下之际,都证得了阿罗汉果。
Atha kho rājā amacce pucchi – ‘‘thero, amhe gāḷhena ovādena ovadati; gaccheyya nu kho’’ti? Amaccā ‘‘tumhehi, deva, thero ayācito sayameva āgato; tasmā tassa anāpucchāva gamanampi bhaveyyā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato rājā rathaṃ abhiruhitvā dve ca deviyo āropetvā cetiyagiriṃ agamāsi mahañcarājānubhāvena. Gantvā deviyo ekamantaṃ apakkamāpetvā sayameva therānaṃ samīpaṃ upasaṅkamanto ativiya kilantarūpo hutvā upasaṅkami. Tato naṃ thero āha – ‘‘kasmā tvaṃ, mahārāja, evaṃ kilamamāno āgato’’ti? ‘‘‘Tumhe mama gāḷhaṃ ovādaṃ datvā idāni gantukāmā nu kho’ti jānanatthaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, mahārāja, gantukāmā; apica vassūpanāyikakālo nāmāyaṃ mahārāja, tatra samaṇena vassūpanāyikaṭṭhānaṃ ñātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Taṃdivasameva ariṭṭho nāma amacco pañcapaṇṇāsāya jeṭṭhakaniṭṭhabhātukehi saddhiṃ rañño samīpe ṭhito āha – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, deva, therānaṃ santike pabbajitu’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhaṇe, pabbajassū’’ti rājā anujānitvā theraṃ sampaṭicchāpesi. Thero tadaheva pabbājesi. Sabbe khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.
国王随即用荆棘将支提广场围起,在六十二座洞窟安排工程后,便返回了城中。那几位长老令十兄弟王族心生净信,教导大众,在支提山度过了雨安居。当时,最初在支提山入雨安居的,有六十二位阿拉汉。而后,尊者玛欣德在雨安居结束、自恣之后,于迦提月满月布萨日,对国王这样说:“大王,我们许久未见到正自觉者,过着无所依怙的生活,我们想回赡部洲洲去。”国王说:“尊者,我用四种资具供养你们,而且这些大众依靠你们而立足于三皈依,你们为何心生厌倦?”长老说:“大王,我们许久未见到正自觉者,没有可以顶礼、起迎、合掌、行合宜之礼的对象,因此感到厌倦。”国王说:“尊者,你们不是说过‘正自觉者已般涅槃’吗?”长老说:“大王,虽然已般涅槃,但他的舍利还在。”国王说:“我知道了,尊者,你们是希望建造塔庙。尊者,我来建造塔庙,现在请选择地点;不过,尊者,我们从何处能得舍利呢?”长老说:“大王,请与须摩那商量。”
Rājāpi kho taṅkhaṇeyeva kaṇṭakena cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ parikkhipitvā dvāsaṭṭhiyā leṇesu kammaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nagarameva agamāsi. Tepi therā dasabhātikasamākulaṃ rājakulaṃ pasādetvā mahājanaṃ ovadamānā cetiyagirimhi vassaṃ vasiṃsu. Tadāpi cetiyagirimhi paṭhamaṃ vassaṃ upagatā dvāsaṭṭhi arahanto ahesuṃ. Athāyasmā mahāmahindo vutthavasso pavāretvā kattikapuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathadivase rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahārāja, amhehi ciradiṭṭho sammāsambuddho, anāthavāsaṃ vasimha, icchāma mayaṃ jambudīpaṃ gantu’’nti. Rājā āha – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhe catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahāmi, ayañca mahājano tumhe nissāya tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhito, kasmā tumhe ukkaṇṭhitatthā’’ti? ‘‘Ciradiṭṭho no, mahārāja, sammāsambuddho, abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānaañjalikammasāmīcikammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ natthi, tenamha ukkaṇṭhitā’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, bhante, tumhe avocuttha – ‘parinibbuto sammāsambuddho’’’ti. ‘‘Kiñcāpi, mahārāja, parinibbuto; atha khvassa sarīradhātuyo tiṭṭhantī’’ti. ‘‘Aññātaṃ, bhante, thūpapatiṭṭhānaṃ tumhe ākaṅkhathāti. Karomi , bhante, thūpaṃ, bhūmibhāgaṃ dāni vicinātha; apica, bhante, dhātuyo kuto lacchāmā’’ti? ‘‘Sumanena saddhiṃ mantehi, mahārājā’’ti.
“好的,尊者。”国王于是前往须摩那处,问道:“尊者,如今我们从何处能得舍利呢?”须摩那说:“大王,你不必操心。你可命人清扫街道,以旗帜、幡幢、满水罐等作庄严,带领眷属受持布萨戒,召集所有乐师,让吉祥象佩戴一切装饰,并在其上方撑起白色伞盖,于傍晚时分朝大龙林园的方向行进。你必能在那里获得舍利。”国王应允说:“好的。”长老们则返回了支提山。在那里,尊者玛欣德长老对须摩那沙弥说:“沙弥,你前往赡部洲洲,到你祖父无忧法王那里,以我的话这样转告他:‘大王,你的盟友天爱帝须王对佛之教法生起净信,想要建立塔庙,据说您手中有舍利,请交给我。’拿到之后,再去帝释天王那里,这样说:‘大王,据说您有两枚舍利——右牙舍利和右锁骨舍利;请您供奉右牙舍利,而将右锁骨舍利给我。’并且这样对他说:‘大王,您把我们派到铜掌岛之后,为何就放任不管了呢?’”
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā sumanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchi – ‘‘kuto dāni, bhante, dhātuyo lacchāmā’’ti? Sumano āha – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, mahārāja, vīthiyo sodhāpetvā dhajapaṭākapuṇṇaghaṭādīhi alaṅkārāpetvā saparijano uposathaṃ samādiyitvā sabbatāḷāvacare upaṭṭhāpetvā maṅgalahatthiṃ sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ kārāpetvā upari cassa setacchattaṃ ussāpetvā sāyanhasamaye mahānāgavanuyyānābhimukho yāhi. Addhā tasmiṃ ṭhāne dhātuyo lacchasī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchi. Therā cetiyagirimeva agamaṃsu. Tatrāyasmā mahindatthero sumanasāmaṇeraṃ āha – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, sāmaṇera, jambudīpe tava ayyakaṃ asokaṃ dhammarājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena evaṃ vadehi – ‘sahāyo vo, mahārāja, devānampiyatisso buddhasāsane pasanno thūpaṃ patiṭṭhāpetukāmo, tumhākaṃ kira hatthe dhātu atthi taṃ me dethā’ti. Taṃ gahetvā sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadehi – ‘tumhākaṃ kira, mahārāja, hatthe dve dhātuyo atthi – dakkhiṇadāṭhā ca dakkhiṇakkhakañca; tato tumhe dakkhiṇadāṭhaṃ pūjetha, dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ pana mayhaṃ dethā’ti. Evañca naṃ vadehi – ‘kasmā tvaṃ, mahārāja, amhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pahiṇitvā pamajjasī’’’ti?
“好的,尊者。”须摩那接受了长老的话,立刻拿起衣钵,腾空而起,在华氏城门下降落,来到国王面前,禀告了此事。国王很高兴,从沙弥手中接过钵,用香料涂抹,装满如同最上珍珠般的舍利后交给了他。他拿到后,便前往帝释天王那里。帝释天王一见到沙弥,便说:“须摩那尊者,您为何奔波?”沙弥说:“大王,您把我们派到铜掌岛后,为何就放任不管了呢?”帝释天王说:“我没有放任不管,尊者,请说‘要我做什么’?”沙弥说:“据说您手中有两枚舍利——右牙舍利和右锁骨舍利;请您供奉右牙舍利,而把右锁骨舍利给我。”帝释天王说:“好的,尊者。”于是帝释天王打开一由旬大的宝塔,取出右锁骨舍利,交给了须摩那。须摩那拿到后,便安奉在支提山上。
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho sumano therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā tāvadeva pattacīvaramādāya vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā pāṭaliputtadvāre oruyha rañño santikaṃ gantvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Rājā tuṭṭho sāmaṇerassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā gandhehi ubbaṭṭetvā varamuttasadisānaṃ dhātūnaṃ pūretvā adāsi. So taṃ gahetvā sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upasaṅkami. Sakko devarājā sāmaṇeraṃ disvāva ‘‘kiṃ, bhante sumana, āhiṇḍasī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tvaṃ, mahārāja, amhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pesetvā kasmā pamajjasī’’ti? ‘‘Nappamajjāmi, bhante, vadehi – ‘kiṃ karomī’’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ kira hatthe dve dhātuyo atthi – dakkhiṇadāṭhā ca dakkhiṇakkhakañca; tato tumhe dakkhiṇadāṭhaṃ pūjetha, dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ pana mayhaṃ dethā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho sakko devānamindo yojanappamāṇaṃ maṇithūpaṃ ugghāṭetvā dakkhiṇakkhakadhātuṃ nīharitvā sumanassa adāsi. So taṃ gahetvā cetiyagirimhiyeva patiṭṭhāsi.
那时,以玛欣德为首的诸大龙象,将法王阿育王所赐的舍利安置在支提山后,便持取南方的锁骨,在瓦达摩那迦的荫护处,前往大龙象林苑。国王也依善见所说,作了供养与礼敬后,骑上象王的肩背,亲自在吉祥象头顶撑起白色伞盖,来到大龙象林。此时他心生一念:“若此是正自觉者的舍利,愿伞盖移去,愿吉祥象屈膝着地,愿舍利函安立我顶。”心意生起的同时,伞盖移去了,象屈膝着地,舍利函安立国王头顶。国王犹如被甘露灌顶,充满至高的喜悦与欢欣,问道:“尊者,我等应如何处理舍利?”答:“大王,暂且安置于象的额瘤上。”国王便取过舍利函,放在象的额瘤上。欢喜的龙象发出犹如鹤鸣之声。大云涌起,降下莲花雨。大水为界,大地震动。天人与人们欢喜地说:“正自觉者的舍利,竟也将在边地安立了。”如此,以神通威力与祥瑞,令天人与人们生起喜悦——
Atha kho mahindapamukhā sabbepi te mahānāgā asokadhammarājena dinnadhātuyo cetiyagirimhiyeva patiṭṭhāpetvā dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ ādāya vaḍḍhamānakacchāyāya mahānāgavanuyyānamagamaṃsu . Rājāpi kho sumanena vuttappakāraṃ pūjāsakkāraṃ katvā hatthikkhandhavaragato sayaṃ maṅgalahatthimatthake setacchattaṃ dhārayamāno mahānāgavanaṃ sampāpuṇi. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace ayaṃ sammāsambuddhassa dhātu, chattaṃ apanamatu, maṅgalahatthī jaṇṇukehi bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhahatu, dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ mayhaṃ matthake patiṭṭhātū’’ti. Saha rañño cittuppādena chattaṃ apanami, hatthī jaṇṇukehi patiṭṭhahi, dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ rañño matthake patiṭṭhahi. Rājā amateneva abhisittagatto viya paramena pītipāmojjena samannāgato hutvā pucchi – ‘‘dhātuṃ, bhante, kiṃ karomā’’ti? ‘‘Hatthikumbhamhiyeva tāva, mahārāja, ṭhapehī’’ti. Rājā dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ gahetvā hatthikumbhe ṭhapesi. Pamudito nāgo koñcanādaṃ nadi. Mahāmegho uṭṭhahitvā pokkharavassaṃ vassi. Udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahābhūmicālo ahosi. ‘‘Paccantepi nāma sammāsambuddhassa dhātu patiṭṭhahissatī’’ti devamanussā pamodiṃsu. Evaṃ iddhānubhāvasiriyā devamanussānaṃ pītiṃ janayanto –
于满月日,大雄(佛陀)在四斋月日来至此处;
从天界而来,安立在象的额瘤上。
Puṇṇamāyaṃ mahāvīro, cātumāsiniyā idha; Āgantvā devalokamhā, hatthikumbhe patiṭṭhitoti.
那时候,象王被众多舞伎环绕,受到无比隆重的供养与礼敬,面朝西方,且退且行,来到城东门,由东门入城。正当全城举行盛大供养之际,又从南门出城,行至塔园西侧一处名为“摩诃阇瓦图”的地方,在那里转身面向塔园,折返而回。而当时,那塔园正是过去三位正自觉者的受用支提所在之处。
Athassa so hatthināgo anekatāḷāvacaraparivārito ativiya uḷārena pūjāsakkārena sakkariyamāno pacchimadisābhimukhova hutvā, apasakkanto yāva nagarassa puratthimadvāraṃ tāva gantvā puratthimena dvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā sakalanāgarena uḷārāya pūjāya karīyamānāya dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā thūpārāmassa pacchimadisābhāge mahejavatthu nāma kira atthi, tattha gantvā puna thūpārāmābhimukhoyeva paṭinivatti. Tena ca samayena thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ hoti.
相传,过去此岛名为奥迦岛,国王名叫无畏,都城名叫无畏城。那时,支提山名为天峰山,塔园名为帕提园。当时,拘留孙世尊出现于世,他的一位名叫大天的上座弟子,与一千位比丘一同住于天峰山,正如玛欣德上座住于支提山一般。然而那时,奥迦岛的众生因瘟疫遭遇灾难。拘留孙世尊以佛眼观察世间,看见那些众生遭遇灾难,便由四万位比丘围绕,前往该岛。凭借世尊的威力,瘟疫立即平息。病患平息之后,世尊宣说正法,八万四千众生证得法现观。世尊留下一只滤水囊,随后离去。人们将滤水囊纳入其中,在帕提园修建了支提。大天上座则留在岛上教导众生。
Atīte kira ayaṃ dīpo ojadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā abhayo nāma, nagaraṃ abhayapuraṃ nāma, cetiyapabbato devakūṭapabbato nāma, thūpārāmo paṭiyārāmo nāma. Tena kho pana samayena kakusandho bhagavā loke uppanno hoti. Tassa sāvako mahādevo nāma thero bhikkhusahassena saddhiṃ devakūṭe patiṭṭhāsi, mahindatthero viya cetiyapabbate. Tena kho pana samayena ojadīpe sattā pajjarakena anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho kakusandho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanamāpajjante. Disvā cattālīsāya bhikkhusahassehi parivuto agamāsi. Tassānubhāvena tāvadeva pajjarako vūpasanto. Roge vūpasante bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā dhamakaraṇaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā paṭiyārāme cetiyaṃ akaṃsu. Mahādevo dīpaṃ anusāsanto vihāsi.
而在拘那含世尊的时代,此岛名为胜岛,国王名叫萨门提,都城名叫瓦达摩那,山则名为金峰山。那时,胜岛发生旱灾,谷物歉收,食物难得。众生因饥饿而遭遇灾难。拘那含世尊以佛眼观察世间,看见这一情形,便由三万位比丘围绕,前往该岛。依靠佛陀的威力,天降及时雨,饮食得以丰足。随后,世尊宣说正法,八万四千众生证得法现观。世尊留下腰带,将一位名为大善见的上座及其一千位比丘眷属安置在岛上之后,便离去。人们将腰带纳入其中,修建了支提。
Koṇāgamanassa pana bhagavato kāle ayaṃ dīpo varadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā sameṇḍī nāma, nagaraṃ vaḍḍhamānaṃ nāma , pabbato suvaṇṇakūṭo nāma. Tena kho pana samayena varadīpe dubbuṭṭhikā hoti dubbhikkhaṃ dussassaṃ. Sattā chātakarogena anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho koṇāgamano bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanaṃ āpajjante. Disvā tiṃsabhikkhusahassaparivuto agamāsi. Buddhānubhāvena devo sammādhāraṃ anuppavecchi. Subhikkhaṃ ahosi. Bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivāraṃ mahāsumanaṃ nāma theraṃ dīpe ṭhapetvā kāyabandhanaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsu.
在迦叶世尊的时代,此岛名为“圆岛”,国王名“胜”,城名“广博城”,山名“净峰山”。那时,圆岛发生大争论,众多众生因争斗纠纷而遭逢灾祸。迦叶世尊以佛眼观察世间,见那些众生遭遇灾祸,便由二万比丘围绕前来,平息争论后宣说正法。八万四千众生得法现观。世尊将名为“一切喜”的上座及其千位比丘眷属安置于岛上,留下浴衣后离去。他们将浴衣纳入其中,建造了支提。如此,在塔园中便安立了过去三位佛陀的支提。那些支提随着教法隐没而消失,仅存遗址。因此说:“而在那时,塔园是过去三位正自觉者的受用支提所在之处。”那些已毁的支提,由天神威力以荆棘丛生、枝条交错的种种树木围绕而得以保存,天神心想:“莫让任何人以残食、不净、污秽、垃圾等玷污此处。”
Kassapassa pana bhagavato kāle ayaṃ dīpo maṇḍadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā jayanto nāma, nagaraṃ visālaṃ nāma, pabbato subhakūṭo nāma . Tena kho pana samayena maṇḍadīpe mahāvivādo hoti. Bahū sattā kalahaviggahajātā anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho kassapo bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanaṃ āpajjante. Disvā vīsatibhikkhusahassaparivuto āgantvā vivādaṃ vūpasametvā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivāraṃ sabbanandaṃ nāma theraṃ dīpe patiṭṭhāpetvā udakasāṭakaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsu. Evaṃ thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ cetiyāni patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Tāni sāsanantaradhānena nassanti, ṭhānamattaṃ avasissati. Tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘tena ca samayena thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ hotī’’ti. Tadetaṃ vinaṭṭhesu cetiyesu devatānubhāvena kaṇṭakasamākiṇṇasākhehi nānāgacchehi parivutaṃ tiṭṭhati – ‘‘mā naṃ koci ucchiṭṭhāsucimalakacavarehi padūsesī’’ti.
那时,国王的随从走在象王前面,砍除所有灌木,清理地面,将那里整治得如象掌般平坦。象王走上前,面向那片地,立于其西侧的菩提树处。人们试着从它头顶卸下舍利,象王却不允许。国王问长老:“尊者,象王为何不让卸下舍利?”长老说:“大王,已经举上去的,不能再卸下来。”那时,无畏池的水已经干涸。周围地面龟裂,泥土松软易取。于是,大众迅速运来泥土,筑起一座与象额等高阔的基座,并开始制砖造塔。砖尚未备妥时,象王连日白天站在菩提树处的象棚中,夜间则在建塔基址处巡行。此后,国王命人砌好基座,问长老:“尊者,应建何种形制的塔?”长老说:“形如稻谷堆那样的塔,大王。”
Atha khvassa hatthino purato purato gantvā rājapurisā sabbagacche chinditvā bhūmiṃ sodhetvā taṃ hatthatalasadisaṃ akaṃsu. Hatthināgo gantvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ purato katvā tassa pacchimadisābhāge bodhirukkhaṭṭhāne aṭṭhāsi. Athassa matthakato dhātuṃ oropetuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Nāgo oropetuṃ na deti. Rājā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kasmā, bhante, nāgo dhātuṃ oropetuṃ na detī’’ti? ‘‘Ārūḷhaṃ, mahārāja, oropetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tasmiñca kāle abhayavāpiyā udakaṃ chinnaṃ hoti. Samantā bhūmi phalitā hoti, suuddharā mattikāpiṇḍā. Tato mahājano sīghaṃ sīghaṃ mattikaṃ āharitvā hatthikumbhappamāṇaṃ vatthumakāsi. Tāvadeva ca thūpakaraṇatthaṃ iṭṭhakā kātuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Na yāva iṭṭhakā pariniṭṭhanti tāva hatthināgo katipāhaṃ divā bodhirukkhaṭṭhāne hatthisālāyaṃ tiṭṭhati, rattiṃ thūpapatiṭṭhānabhūmiṃ pariyāyati. Atha vatthuṃ cināpetvā rājā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kīdiso, bhante, thūpo kātabbo’’ti? ‘‘Vīhirāsisadiso, mahārājā’’ti.
“好的,尊者。”国王命人砌起一座及膝高的塔,并为卸下舍利举行了盛大供养。全城及乡邑的人都聚集一处,瞻仰舍利的壮观景象。当大众聚集时,十力者的舍利从象额升至七多罗树高的空中,显现双神变。从舍利部位流出六色水柱,喷出火团,一如世尊在舍卫城甘德姆巴树下所现的神变。这一切并非凭长老的威力,亦非凭天神的威力,而是凭佛陀的威力。据说,世尊在世时曾作决意:“于我般涅槃后,在铜掌岛阿努拉德普勒城南,过去三佛的受用支提之处,安置我右锁骨舍利之日,当现双神变。”
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā jaṅghappamāṇaṃ thūpaṃ cināpetvā dhātuoropanatthāya mahāsakkāraṃ kāresi. Sakalanagarañca janapado ca dhātumahadassanatthaṃ sannipati. Sannipatite ca pana tasmiṃ mahājanakāye dasabalassa dhātu hatthikumbhato sattatālappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassesi. Tehi tehi dhātuppadesehi channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ udakadhārā ca aggikkhandhā ca pavattanti, sāvatthiyaṃ kaṇḍambamūle bhagavatā dassitapāṭihāriyasadisameva pāṭihāriyaṃ ahosi. Tañca kho neva therānubhāvena, na devatānubhāvena; apica kho buddhānubhāveneva. Bhagavā kira dharamānova adhiṭṭhāsi – ‘‘mayi parinibbute tambapaṇṇidīpe anurādhapurassa dakkhiṇadisābhāge purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhāne mama dakkhiṇakkhakadhātu patiṭṭhānadivase yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ hotū’’ti.
佛不可思议,佛法亦不可思议;于不可思议处生净信者,其果报亦不可思议。
‘‘Evaṃ acintiyā buddhā, buddhadhammā acintiyā;
据说,正自觉者住世时曾三度来到此岛。第一次,为调伏夜叉,独自前来;调伏夜叉后,为守护铜掌岛,巡行全岛三圈,并说:“我般涅槃后,教法将在此岛建立。”第二次,为调伏他舅父的外甥——诸龙王,独自前来,调伏之后便离去。第三次,与五百比丘一同前来,在大支提处、塔园支提处、大菩提树安立处、摩希央伽那支提处、穆提央伽那支提处、提伽瓦毕支提处、迦梨耶尼支提处,入灭尽定而坐。而此次,是世尊以舍利之身第四次到来。
Acintiye pasannānaṃ, vipāko hoti acintiyo’’ti. (apa. thera 1.1.82);
佛及佛法皆不可思议,
Sammāsambuddho kira imaṃ dīpaṃ dharamānakālepi tikkhattuṃ āgamāsi. Paṭhamaṃ – yakkhadamanatthaṃ ekakova āgantvā yakkhe dametvā ‘‘mayi parinibbute imasmiṃ dīpe sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhahissatī’’ti tambapaṇṇidīpe rakkhaṃ karonto tikkhattuṃ dīpaṃ āvijji. Dutiyaṃ – mātulabhāgineyyānaṃ nāgarājūnaṃ damanatthāya ekakova āgantvā te dametvā agamāsi. Tatiyaṃ – pañcabhikkhusataparivāro āgantvā mahācetiyaṭṭhāne ca thūpārāmacetiyaṭṭhāne ca mahābodhipatiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne ca mahiyaṅgaṇacetiyaṭṭhāne ca mutiyaṅgaṇacetiyaṭṭhāne ca dīghavāpicetiyaṭṭhāne ca kalyāṇiyacetiyaṭṭhāne ca nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi. Idamassa catutthaṃ dhātusarīrena āgamanaṃ.
而从其舍利身泛出的水珠,遍洒铜叶岛全境,无一处不被沾润。就这样,那舍利身以这些水珠消除了铜叶岛的炎热恼苦,向大众显示了神变之后,便降下安住于国王的头顶。国王自觉人身已得圆满……
Dhātusarīrato ca panassa nikkhantaudakaphusitehi sakalatambapaṇṇitale na koci aphuṭṭhokāso nāma ahosi. Evamassa taṃ dhātusarīraṃ udakaphusitehi tambapaṇṇitalassa pariḷāhaṃ vūpasametvā mahājanassa pāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā otaritvā rañño matthake patiṭṭhāsi . Rājā saphalaṃ manussapaṭilābhaṃ maññamāno mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ karitvā dhātuṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. Saha dhātupatiṭṭhāpanena mahābhūmicālo ahosi. Tasmiñca pana dhātupāṭihāriye cittaṃ pasādetvā rañño bhātā abhayo nāma rājakumāro purisasahassena saddhiṃ pabbaji. Cetaraṭṭhagāmato pañca dārakasatāni pabbajiṃsu, tathā dvāramaṇḍalādīhi gāmakehi nikkhamitvā pañcapañca dārakasatāni sabbānipi antonagarato ca bahinagarato ca pabbajitāni tiṃsabhikkhusahassāni ahesuṃ. Niṭṭhite pana thūpasmiṃ rājā ca rājabhātikā ca deviyo ca devanāgayakkhānampi vimhayakaraṃ paccekaṃ paccekaṃ pūjaṃ akaṃsu. Niṭṭhitāya pana dhātupūjāya patiṭṭhite dhātuvare mahindatthero meghavanuyyānameva gantvā vāsaṃ kappesi.
那时,阿菟罗王后心生出家之念,便向国王禀明。国王听了她的话,对长老这样说:“尊者,阿菟罗王后想要出家,请您度她出家。”“大王,我们不能为女人剃度。不过,我有一位妹妹在华氏城,名为僧伽蜜多长老尼,请大王召她前来。”
Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye anuḷā devī pabbajitukāmā hutvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā tassā vacanaṃ sutvā theraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘anuḷā, bhante, devī pabbajitukāmā, pabbājetha na’’nti. ‘‘Na, mahārāja, amhākaṃ mātugāmaṃ pabbājetuṃ kappati. Pāṭaliputte pana mayhaṃ bhaginī saṅghamittattherī nāma atthi, taṃ pakkosāpehi. Imasmiñca pana, mahārāja, dīpe purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ bodhi patiṭṭhāsi. Amhākampi bhagavato sarasaraṃsijālavissajjanakena bodhinā idha patiṭṭhātabbaṃ, tasmā tathā sāsanaṃ pahiṇeyyāsi yathā saṅghamittā bodhiṃ gahetvā āgaccheyyā’’ti.
“善哉,尊者!”国王接受了长老的话,与大臣们商议后,对自己的外甥阿利吒说:“孩子,你能前往华氏城,把僧伽蜜多长老尼连同大菩提树一起请来吗?”“大王,如果您允许我出家,我便能办到。”“去吧,孩子,请来长老尼之后再出家。”他领受了国王与长老的教命,依凭长老的决意,一日之内便到达阎浮拘罗港,登船渡海,径直前往华氏城。阿菟罗王后也与五百宫女、五百后宫妇女一同受持十戒,披上袈裟,在城中一处建造精舍而安住。阿利吒也在当天传达了国王的教命,这样说道:“大王,您的儿子玛欣德长老这样传话:‘听说您的盟友天爱帝须王的弟媳——阿菟罗王后想要出家,请您派遣僧伽蜜多长老尼来为她剃度,并请长老尼连同大菩提树一同前来。’”他禀告了长老的教命后,便前往僧伽蜜多长老尼处,如此说道:“圣尼,您的兄长玛欣德长老派我来您这里。天爱帝须王的弟媳、名叫阿菟罗的王后,与五百宫女和五百后宫妇女一同想要出家,特请您前去为她们剃度。”她立即急急忙忙来到国王面前,这样说道:“大王,我的兄长玛欣德长老传来这样的消息:‘据说国王的弟媳阿菟罗……’
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā amaccehi saddhiṃ mantento ariṭṭhaṃ nāma attano bhāgineyyaṃ āha – ‘‘sakkhissasi tvaṃ, tāta, pāṭaliputtaṃ gantvā mahābodhinā saddhiṃ ayyaṃ saṅghamittattheriṃ ānetu’’nti? ‘‘Sakkhissāmi, deva, sace me pabbajjaṃ anujānissasī’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha, tāta , theriṃ ānetvā pabbajāhī’’ti. So rañño ca therassa ca sāsanaṃ gahetvā therassa adhiṭṭhānavasena ekadivaseneva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā nāvaṃ abhiruhitvā samuddaṃ atikkamitvā pāṭaliputtameva agamāsi. Anuḷāpi kho devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ dasa sīlāni samādiyitvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā nagarassa ekadese upassayaṃ kārāpetvā nivāsaṃ kappesi. Ariṭṭhopi taṃdivasameva rañño sāsanaṃ appesi, evañca avoca – ‘‘putto te, deva, mahindatthero evamāha – ‘sahāyakassa kira te devānampiyatissassa rañño bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pabbajitukāmā , taṃ pabbājetuṃ ayyaṃ saṅghamittattheriṃ pahiṇatha, ayyāyeva ca saddhiṃ mahābodhi’’’nti. Therassa sāsanaṃ ārocetvā saṅghamittattheriṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha – ‘‘ayye, tumhākaṃ bhātā mahindatthero maṃ tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pesesi, devānampiyatissassa rañño bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi, pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitukāmā, taṃ kira āgantvā pabbājethā’’ti. Sā tāvadeva turitaturitā rañño santikaṃ gantvā evamāha – ‘‘mahārāja, mayhaṃ bhātā mahindatthero evaṃ pahiṇi, ‘rañño kira bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitukāmā mayhaṃ āgamanaṃ udikkhati’. Gacchāmahaṃ, mahārāja, tambapaṇṇidīpa’’nti.
国王说:“母亲啊,我的儿子玛欣德长老和我的孙子须摩那沙弥,就如同砍断了我的手臂一般,去了铜掌岛。我见不到他们,心中生起忧愁,可一见到您的面容,这忧愁便平息了!够了,母亲,请您不要去了。”“大王,兄长的教命是沉重的;阿菟罗这位刹帝利女子,正由一千名妇女围绕,以出家为首要之务等待着我;大王,我要去。”“既然如此,母亲,您便带着大菩提树去吧。”国王哪来的大菩提树呢?据说,国王在此之前,为了将来迎请舍利,就曾想派遣须摩那前往楞伽岛迎请大菩提树,但他心想:“我怎样才能将这棵不可损伤的大菩提树送去呢?”由于找不到方法,便询问一位名叫大天的大臣。大臣说:“大王,有很多博学的比丘。”国王听后,为比丘僧团准备了饭食,饭食结束后,询问僧团:“诸位尊者,世尊的大菩提树应该去楞伽岛吗?”僧团将此重任交付给了目犍连子帝须长老。
Rājā āha – ‘‘amma, puttopi me mahindatthero nattā ca me sumanasāmaṇero maṃ chinnahatthaṃ viya karontā tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gatā. Tassa mayhaṃ tepi apassantassa uppanno soko tava mukhaṃ passantassa vūpasammati! Alaṃ, amma, mā tvaṃ agamāsī’’ti. ‘‘Bhāriyaṃ me, mahārāja, bhātu vacanaṃ; anuḷāpi khattiyā itthisahassaparivutā pabbajjāpurekkhārā maṃ paṭimāneti; gacchāmahaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, amma, mahābodhiṃ gahetvā gacchāhī’’ti. Kuto rañño mahābodhi? Rājā kira tato pubbe eva dhātuggahaṇatthāya anāgate sumane laṅkādīpaṃ mahābodhiṃ pesetukāmo, ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho asatthaghātārahaṃ mahābodhiṃ pesessāmī’’ti upāyaṃ apassanto mahādevaṃ nāma amaccaṃ pucchi. So āha – ‘‘santi, deva, bahū paṇḍitā bhikkhū’’ti. Taṃ sutvā rājā bhikkhusaṅghassa bhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā bhattakiccāvasāne saṅghaṃ pucchi – ‘‘gantabbaṃ nu kho, bhante, bhagavato mahābodhinā laṅkādīpaṃ no’’ti? Saṅgho moggaliputtatissattherassa bhāraṃ akāsi.
长老说:“大王,大菩提树应去楞伽岛。”随后讲述了世尊的五个大决意。哪五个?据说,世尊躺在大般涅槃的床座上时,为了在楞伽岛安立大菩提树,决意道:“阿育大王将为迎请大菩提树而去,届时,大菩提树的南枝将自行折断,安立于金盆之中。”——这是第一个决意。
Thero ‘‘gantabbaṃ, mahārāja, mahābodhinā laṅkādīpa’’nti vatvā bhagavato pañcamahāadhiṭṭhānāni kathesi. Katamāni pañca? Bhagavā kira mahāparinibbānamañce nipanno laṅkādīpe mahābodhipatiṭṭhāpanatthāya ‘‘asokamahārājā mahābodhiggahaṇatthaṃ gamissati, tadā mahābodhissa dakkhiṇasākhā sayameva chijjitvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhātū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idamekamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.
而在安立之时,又决意道:“大菩提树将进入雪云之胎而安立。”——这是第二个决意。
Tattha patiṭṭhānakāle ca ‘‘mahābodhi himavalāhakagabbhaṃ pavisitvā patiṭṭhātū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ dutiyamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.
“第七日,从雪白云的胎中降下,安立金盆之时,由枝叶与果实放射六色光芒。”——这是第三个决意。
‘‘Sattame divase himavalāhakagabbhato oruyha suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhahanto pattehi ca phalehi ca chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñcatū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ tatiyamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.
“在塔园寺右锁骨舍利塔安立之日,显现双神变。”——这是第四个决意。
‘‘Thūpārāme dakkhiṇakkhakadhātu cetiyamhi patiṭṭhānadivase yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ catutthaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ.
“就在楞伽岛,我那一斗之量的舍利安立于大塔之时,现佛身形,升入虚空,显现双神变。”——这是第五个决意。
Laṅkādīpamhiyeva me doṇamattā dhātuyo mahācetiyamhi patiṭṭhānakāle buddhavesaṃ gahetvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karontū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ pañcamaṃ adhiṭṭhānanti.
国王听闻这五大决意后,心生净信,令人修整从华氏城直至大菩提树的道路,并运出大量黄金制作金盆。就在那时,工巧天子知悉国王的心念,化作铁匠模样,站在国王面前。国王见到他,说道:“孩子,拿这黄金去做个盆吧。”“大王,您知道尺寸吗?”“孩子,你自己看着办吧。”“好的,大王,我来做。”他取过黄金,以自身神力用手揉搓,化作一个金盆,周长九肘、高五肘、直径三肘、厚八指,盆口边缘如象鼻大小。随后,国王率领长七由旬、宽三由旬的大军,带着比丘僧团从华氏城出发,前往大菩提树附近。军队竖起幢幡,以种种宝石装饰,将士佩戴种种庄严,散满种种鲜花,奏响种种乐器,将大菩提树团团围住。国王带着一千位领袖长老,并由全赡部洲已灌顶的一千位国王环绕,与大菩提树一起,站在大菩提树下,仰望着大菩提树。大菩提树的树干和南大枝上约四肘长的部分保持可见,其余部分都隐没不见了。
Rājā imāni pañca mahāadhiṭṭhānāni sutvā pasannacitto pāṭaliputtato yāva mahābodhi tāva maggaṃ paṭijaggāpetvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhatthāya bahuṃ suvaṇṇaṃ nīharāpesi. Tāvadeva ca rañño cittaṃ ñatvā vissakammadevaputto kammāravaṇṇaṃ nimminitvā purato aṭṭhāsi. Rājā taṃ disvā ‘‘tāta, imaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gahetvā kaṭāhaṃ karohī’’ti āha. ‘‘Pamāṇaṃ, deva, jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Tvameva, tāta, ñatvā karohī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, deva, karissāmī’’ti suvaṇṇaṃ gahetvā attano ānubhāvena hatthena parimajjitvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṃ nimmini navahatthaparikkhepaṃ pañcahatthubbedhaṃ tihatthavikkhambhaṃ aṭṭhaṅgulabahalaṃ hatthisoṇḍappamāṇamukhavaṭṭiṃ. Atha rājā sattayojanāyāmāya tiyojanavitthārāya mahatiyā senāya pāṭaliputtato nikkhamitvā ariyasaṅghamādāya mahābodhisamīpaṃ agamāsi. Senā samussitadhajapaṭākaṃ nānāratanavicittaṃ anekālaṅkārapaamaṇḍitaṃ nānāvidhakusumasamākiṇṇaṃ anekatūriyasaṅghuṭṭhaṃ mahābodhiṃ parikkhipi. Rājā sahassamatte gaṇapāmokkhe mahāthere gahetvā sakalajambudīpe pattābhisekānaṃ rājūnaṃ sahassena attānañca mahābodhiñca parivārāpetvā mahābodhimūle ṭhatvā mahābodhiṃ ullokesi. Mahābodhissa khandhañca dakkhiṇamahāsākhāya catuhatthappamāṇappadesañca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ adassanaṃ agamāsi.
国王见此神变,生起欢喜与喜悦,对比丘僧团说道:“尊者,我见此神变,心生欢喜,愿以整个赡部洲的王权供养大菩提。”说完便为大菩提行灌顶。随后以花、香等供养,右绕三匝,于八处礼拜,起立合掌而住,欲以真实语之愿力摄持菩提,便令人从地面至大菩提南枝高处,安置一座众宝所成之宝座,于其上安放金盆,自己登上宝座,手持金笔,以朱砂书写,作真实语之愿:‘若大菩提当安立于楞伽岛,若我于佛教无有疑惑,愿大菩提自行降下,安住于此金盆中。’真实语话音刚落,菩提枝即在朱砂所划之处断开,安立于盛满香泥的金盆之上。其树干高十肘,有五根大枝各长四肘,各缀五果,细枝则有千数。随后,国王于根部刻线之上,在三指宽处另划一线。当即有泡状物生出,长出十条大根。又于其上每隔三指,另划九条线。由此亦各生十泡,长出九十条根。最初十条大根伸出约四指长,其余诸根亦如牛眼窗网般交织伸出。国王立于宝座顶上,见此神变,合掌发出大欢呼。数千比丘齐声赞善,全体王军欢声雷动,百千人抛衣挥舞。从地居天开始,直至梵身天,诸天皆赞善。国王见此神变,喜悦遍身,合掌而立,大菩提
Rājā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā uppannapītipāmojjo ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā tuṭṭho mahābodhiṃ sakalajambudīparajjena pūjemī’’ti bhikkhusaṅghassa vatvā abhisekaṃ adāsi. Tato pupphagandhādīhi pūjetvā tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu vanditvā uṭṭhāya añjaliṃ paggayha ṭhatvā saccavacanakiriyāya bodhiṃ gaṇhitukāmo bhūmito yāva mahābodhissa dakkhiṇasākhā tāva uccaṃ katvā ṭhapitassa sabbaratanamayapīṭhassa upari suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṃ ṭhapāpetvā ratanapīṭhaṃ āruyha suvaṇṇatulikaṃ gahetvā manosilāya lekhaṃ katvā ‘‘yadi mahābodhinā laṅkādīpe patiṭṭhātabbaṃ, yadi cāhaṃ buddhasāsane nibbematiko bhaveyyaṃ, mahābodhi sayameva imasmiṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe oruyha patiṭṭhātū’’ti saccavacanakiriyamakāsi. Saha saccakiriyāya bodhisākhā manosilāya paricchinnaṭṭhāne chijjitvā gandhakalalapūrassa suvaṇṇakaṭāhassa upari aṭṭhāsi. Tassa ubbedhena dasahattho khandho hoti catuhatthā pañca mahāsākhā pañcahiyeva phalehi paṭimaṇḍitā, khuddakasākhānaṃ pana sahassaṃ. Atha rājā mūlalekhāya upari tivaṅgulappadese aññaṃ lekhaṃ paricchindi. Tato tāvadeva pupphuḷakā hutvā dasa mahāmūlāni nikkhamiṃsu. Puna uparūpari tivaṅgule tivaṅgule aññā nava lekhā paricchindi. Tāhipi dasa dasa pupphuḷakā hutvā navuti mūlāni nikkhamiṃsu. Paṭhamakā dasa mahāmūlā caturaṅgulamattaṃ nikkhantā. Itarepi gavakkhajālasadisaṃ anusibbantā nikkhantā. Ettakaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ rājā ratanapīṭhamatthake ṭhitoyeva disvā añjaliṃ paggayha mahānādaṃ nadi. Anekāni bhikkhusahassāni sādhukāramakaṃsu. Sakalarājasenā unnādinī ahosi. Celukkhepasatasahassāni pavattayiṃsu. Bhūmaṭṭhakadeve ādiṃ katvā yāva brahmakāyikā devā tāva sādhukāraṃ pavattayiṃsu. Rañño imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ passantassa pītiyā nirantaraṃ phuṭasarīrassa añjaliṃ paggahetvā ṭhitasseva mahābodhi mūlasatena suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhāsi. Dasa mahāmūlāni suvaṇṇakaṭāhatalaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu. Avasesāni navuti khuddakamūlāni anupubbena vaḍḍhanakāni hutvā gandhakalale oruyha ṭhitāni.
当大菩提如此安立于金盆中时,大地震动,空中天鼓鸣响。山岳舞动,诸天赞善,夜叉呼啸,阿修罗赞叹,梵天弹指,云层轰鸣,四足兽吼叫,飞禽啼鸣,一切乐器各发其声,从地际乃至梵天界,一片喧腾,同发巨响。从五根大枝的每一果实中,放出六色光芒,遍满整个轮围世界,犹如以宝石为椽缝缀一般,上达梵天界。从那一刻起,大菩提进入雪云之胎,安住七日,无人能见。国王从宝座下来,七日间行大菩提供养。第七日,从一切方向,雪与六色光芒回转,进入大菩提中。雪云消散,轮围内部清净明澈,大菩提枝干圆满,细枝繁茂,五果庄严,显现为安立于金盆中。国王见此大菩提,因这些神变而生起欢喜与喜悦,说道:‘我以整个赡部洲的王权供养这幼嫩的大菩提。’遂行灌顶,于大菩提处安住七日。
Evaṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitamatte mahābodhimhi mahāpathavī cali. Ākāse devadundubhiyo phaliṃsu. Pabbatānaṃ naccehi devānaṃ sādhukārehi yakkhānaṃ hiṅkārehi asurānaṃ thutijappehi brahmānaṃ apphoṭanehi meghānaṃ gajjitehi catuppadānaṃ ravehi pakkhīnaṃ rutehi sabbatāḷāvacarānaṃ sakasakapaṭibhānehi pathavītalato yāva brahmalokā tāva ekakolāhalaṃ ekaninnādaṃ ahosi. Pañcasu sākhāsu phalato phalato chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo nikkhamitvā sakalacakkavāḷaṃ ratanagopānasīvinaddhaṃ viya kurumānā yāva brahmalokā abbhuggacchiṃsu. Taṃ khaṇato ca pana pabhuti satta divasāni mahābodhi himavalāhakagabbhaṃ pavisitvā aṭṭhāsi. Na koci mahābodhiṃ passati. Rājā ratanapīṭhato oruyha satta divasāni mahābodhipūjaṃ kāresi. Sattame divase sabbadisāhi himā ca chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo ca āvattitvā mahābodhimeva pavisiṃsu. Vigatahimavalāhake vippasanne cakkavāḷagabbhe mahābodhi paripuṇṇakhandhasākhāpasākho pañcaphalapaṭimaṇḍito suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitova paññāyittha. Rājā mahābodhiṃ disvā tehi pāṭihāriyehi sañjātapītipāmojjo ‘‘sakalajambudīparajjena taruṇamahābodhiṃ pūjessāmī’’ti abhisekaṃ datvā satta divasāni mahābodhiṭṭhāneyeva aṭṭhāsi.
大菩提于秋季自恣日前一日傍晚,初次安立于金盆之中。此后,度过雪胎七日与灌顶七日,国王于黑分布萨日,一日之间便进入华氏城,于秋季白分初一日,将大菩提安置于东大娑罗树下。自安立金盆之日起第十七日,大菩提生出新芽。国王见此亦生净信,更以王权供养大菩提,行整个赡部洲的灌顶。其时,善慧沙弥于秋季满月日,为取舍利而去,得见大菩提的秋季庆典供养。关于从大菩提座请来、安置于华氏城的大菩提,他说道:‘那么,母亲,您就持此大菩提去吧。’她回答:‘善哉。’
Mahābodhi pubbakattikapavāraṇādivase sāyanhasamaye paṭhamaṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhahi. Tato himagabbhasattāhaṃ abhisekasattāhañca vītināmetvā kāḷapakkhassa uposathadivase rājā ekadivaseneva pāṭaliputtaṃ pavisitvā kattikajuṇhapakkhassa pāṭipadadivase mahābodhiṃ pācīnamahāsālamūle ṭhapesi. Suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitadivasato sattarasame divase mahābodhissa abhinavaṅkurā pāturahesuṃ. Te disvāpi pasanno rājā puna mahābodhiṃ rajjena pūjento sakalajambudīpābhisekamadāsi. Tadā sumanasāmaṇero kattikapuṇṇamadivase dhātuggahaṇatthaṃ gato mahābodhissa kattikachaṇapūjaṃ addasa. Evaṃ mahābodhimaṇḍato ānetvā pāṭaliputte ṭhapitaṃ mahābodhiṃ sandhāya āha – ‘‘tena hi, amma, mahābodhiṃ gahetvā gacchāhī’’ti. Sā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchi.
国王为守护大菩提,派遣了十八个天族、八个大臣家族、八个婆罗门家族、八个居士家族、八个牧牛人家族、八个鬣狗家族和八个羯陵伽家族,并给予八个金瓶和八个银瓶,以供洒水之用。以此随从,将大菩提安置于恒河的船上。国王自己也从城中出发,越过毗阇耶森林,次第经七日抵达多摩梨帝。沿途,天、龙、人众行广大之大菩提供养。国王亦于海岸边,将大菩提安奉七日,献上整个赡部洲的大王权。这是他第三次奉献赡部洲王权。
Rājā mahābodhirakkhaṇatthāya aṭṭhārasa devatākulāni, aṭṭha amaccakulāni, aṭṭha brāhmaṇakulāni, aṭṭha kuṭumbiyakulāni, aṭṭha gopakakulāni, aṭṭha taracchakulāni, aṭṭha ca kāliṅgakulāni datvā udakasiñcanatthāya ca aṭṭha suvaṇṇaghaṭe, aṭṭha ca rajataghaṭe datvā iminā parivārena mahābodhiṃ gaṅgāya nāvaṃ āropetvā sayampi nagarato nikkhamitvā vijjhāṭaviṃ samatikkamma anupubbena sattahi divasehi tāmalittiṃ anuppatto. Antarāmagge devanāgamanussā uḷāraṃ mahābodhipūjaṃ akaṃsu. Rājāpi samuddatīre satta divasāni mahābodhiṃ ṭhapetvā sakalajambudīpamahārajjaṃ adāsi. Idamassa tatiyaṃ jambudīparajjasampadānaṃ hoti.
如此以大王之礼供养后,于摩羯月初一日,法王阿育举起大菩提树,下入齐颈深的水中,安置于船上,并让僧伽蜜多长老尼及其随从登船,对大臣阿利咤这样说:“亲爱的,我以全赡部洲的王权三次供养大菩提树,下入齐颈深的水中,以此寄送给我的盟友,他也应如此供养大菩提树。”如此将教言交给盟友后,他顶礼合掌,泪流不止,说道:“那放射十力者自身光芒之网的大菩提树,确实要离去了。”然后站立。就在大王注视下,那载着大菩提树的船驶入大海。大海中,周围一由旬的波浪平息,五色莲花盛开,空中奏响天乐,依止于水、陆、树等的诸天所行的供养极为盛大。僧伽蜜多长老尼也以金翅鸟之形恐吓大海中的龙族。受惊的龙族前来,见到这些威德,便向长老尼请求,将大菩提树迎请至龙宫,以龙王之权供养七日,再安置回船上。就在当日,船抵达阎浮拘罗港。阿育大王因与大菩提树分离而痛苦,哭泣悲号,直至视野所及处眺望后,方才返回。
Evaṃ mahārajjena pūjetvā māgasiramāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivase asoko dhammarājā mahābodhiṃ ukkhipitvā galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha nāvāyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā saṅghamittattherimpi saparivāraṃ nāvaṃ āropetvā ariṭṭhaṃ amaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, tāta, mahābodhiṃ tikkhattuṃ sakalajambudīparajjena pūjetvā galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha mama sahāyakassa pesesiṃ, sopi evameva mahābodhiṃ pūjetū’’ti. Evaṃ sahāyakassa sāsanaṃ datvā ‘‘gacchati vatare, dasabalassa sarasaraṃsijālaṃ vimuñcanto mahābodhirukkho’’ti vanditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā assūni pavattayamāno aṭṭhāsi. Sāpi kho mahābodhisamārūḷhā nāvā passato passato mahārājassa mahāsamuddatalaṃ pakkhantā. Mahāsamuddepi samantā yojanaṃ vīciyo vūpasantā; pañca vaṇṇāni padumāni pupphitāni; antalikkhe dibbāni tūriyāni pavajjiṃsu; ākāse jalajathalajarukkhādisannissitāhi devatāhi pavattitā ativiya uḷārā pūjā ahosi. Saṅghamittattherīpi supaṇṇarūpena mahāsamudde nāgakulāni santāsesi. Te ca utrastarūpā nāgā āgantvā taṃ vibhūtiṃ passitvā theriṃ yācitvā mahābodhiṃ nāgabhavanaṃ atiharitvā satta divasāni nāgarajjena pūjetvā puna nāvāyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Taṃdivasameva nāvā jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ agamāsi. Asokamahārājāpi mahābodhiviyogadukkhito kanditvā roditvā yāva dassanavisayaṃ oloketvā paṭinivatti.
天爱帝须大王也依沙弥须摩那之言,从摩羯月初一日起,自北门至阎浮拘罗港,清理并庄严道路。出城之日,他立于北门附近的海舍基址,仗彼威德,亲见大菩提树以如是光辉从大海来至,心生欢喜。既出城已,于沿途遍撒五色花,处处设置花供,一日之间抵达阎浮拘罗港。在一切乐师围绕中,以花、烟、香、涂香等供养,下入齐颈深水中,以净信心举起大菩提树,安于自己最胜的顶上,说:‘那放射十力者身光之网的大菩提树,今已来至。’他与围绕大菩提树来的十六具种姓家族,一同从海中上岸,将大菩提树安放于海岸,以全铜掌岛王权供养三日,并将王权分予十六具种姓家族。第四日,他捧持大菩提树,作大供养,次第行至阿努罗陀城。在阿努罗陀城,复作大恭敬已,于十四日增荫时分,从北门迎入大菩提树,穿过城中央,由南门出,在南门外五百弓处──即我正自觉者入灭尽定而坐之处,过去三位正自觉者亦入定而坐之处,拘留孙世尊的大……
Devānampiyatisso mahārājāpi kho sumanasāmaṇerassa vacanena māgasiramāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivasato pabhuti uttaradvārato paṭṭhāya yāva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ tāva maggaṃ sodhāpetvā alaṅkārāpetvā nagarato nikkhamanadivase uttaradvārasamīpe samuddasālavatthusmiṃ ṭhitoyeva tāya vibhūtiyā mahāsamudde āgacchantaṃyeva mahābodhiṃ therassa ānubhāvena disvā tuṭṭhamānaso nikkhamitvā sabbaṃ maggaṃ pañcavaṇṇehi pupphehi okirāpento antarantare pupphaagghiyāni ṭhapento ekāheneva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā sabbatāḷāvacaraparivuto pupphadhūmagandhavāsādīhi pūjayamāno galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha ‘‘āgato vatare, dasabalassa sarasaraṃsijālavissajjanako mahābodhirukkho’’ti pasannacitto mahābodhiṃ ukkhipitvā uttamaṅge sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā mahābodhiṃ parivāretvā āgatehi soḷasahi jātisampannakulehi saddhiṃ samuddato paccuttaritvā samuddatīre mahābodhiṃ ṭhapetvā tīṇi divasāni sakalatambapaṇṇidīparajjena pūjesi, soḷasannaṃ jātisampannakulānaṃ rajjaṃ vicāresi. Atha catutthe divase mahābodhiṃ ādāya uḷāraṃ pūjaṃ kurumāno anupubbena anurādhapuraṃ sampatto. Anurādhapurepi mahāsakkāraṃ katvā cātuddasīdivase vaḍḍhamānakacchāyāya mahābodhiṃ uttaradvārena pavesetvā nagaramajjhena atiharanto dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇadvārato pañcadhanusatike ṭhāne yattha amhākaṃ sammāsambuddho nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi, purimakā ca tayo sammāsambuddhā samāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdiṃsu, yattha kakusandhassa bhagavato mahāsirīsabodhi, konāgamanassa bhagavato udumbarabodhi, kassapasammāsambuddhassa ca nigrodhabodhi patiṭṭhāsi, tasmiṃ mahāmeghavanuyyānassa tilakabhūte sumanasāmaṇerassa vacanena paṭhamameva katabhūmiparikamme rājavatthudvārakoṭṭhakaṭṭhāne mahābodhiṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
如何呢?据说那围绕菩提树而来的十六个具种姓家族,取王服而着;国王则取守门人服而着。十六家族捧持大菩提树放下。大菩提树刚离其手,便腾空而上八十肘高,放六色光芒。光芒遍照全岛,上至梵天界而住。亲见大菩提树此神变而心生净信的一万人,依观禅次第修习,证阿罗汉果,并得出家。直至日暮,大菩提树住于空中。日落后,于毕宿星宿时分,安立于大地。菩提树安立的同时,大地以水为界震动。安立已,大菩提树隐入寒云中七日,不为人见。第七日,天空净无云翳,六色光芒炽然闪耀而出。大菩提树之树干、树枝、树叶及五颗果实悉皆显现。玛欣德长老、僧伽蜜多长老尼、国王及其随从皆来至大菩提树所在处。几乎所有岛民咸来聚集。就在众人注视之下,北枝一颗果实成熟,从枝头脱落。长老伸出手,果实落于长老手中。长老将果实付与国王,说:‘大王,请种植此果。’国王接过,置金盆中,铺以甜土,填满香泥,种植后安于大菩提树附近。亦在众人注视之下,八株四肘高的幼菩提树生长而出。国王见此稀有之事,以白伞供养八株幼菩提树并予灌顶。此后,一株菩提树被植……”
},
{
Kathaṃ? Tāni kira bodhiṃ parivāretvā āgatāni soḷasa jātisampannakulāni rājavesaṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Rājā dovārikavesaṃ gaṇhi. Soḷasa kulāni mahābodhiṃ gahetvā oropayiṃsu. Mahābodhi tesaṃ hatthato muttasamanantarameva asītihatthappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñci. Raṃsiyo sakaladīpaṃ pattharitvā upari brahmalokaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu. Mahābodhipāṭihāriyaṃ disvā sañjātappasādāni dasapurisasahassāni anupubbavipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ patvā pabbajiṃsu. Yāva sūriyatthaṅgamā mahābodhi antalikkhe aṭṭhāsi. Atthaṅgamite pana sūriye rohiṇinakkhattena pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāsi. Saha bodhipatiṭṭhānā udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahāpathavī akampi. Patiṭṭhahitvā ca pana mahābodhi satta divasāni himagabbhe sannisīdi. Lokassa adassanaṃ agamāsi. Sattame divase vigatavalāhakaṃ nabhaṃ ahosi. Chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo jalantā vipphurantā nicchariṃsu. Mahābodhissa khandho ca sākhāyo ca pattāni ca pañca phalāni ca dassiṃsu. Mahindatthero ca saṅghamittattherī ca rājā ca saparivārā mahābodhiṭṭhānameva agamaṃsu. Yebhuyyena ca sabbe dīpavāsino sannipatiṃsu. Tesaṃ passantānaṃyeva uttarasākhato ekaṃ phalaṃ paccitvā sākhato mucci. Thero hatthaṃ upanāmesi. Phalaṃ therassa hatthe patiṭṭhāsi. Taṃ thero ‘‘ropaya, mahārājā’’ti rañño adāsi. Rājā gahetvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe madhurapaṃsuṃ ākiritvā gandhakalalaṃ pūretvā ropetvā mahābodhiāsannaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Sabbesaṃ passantānaṃyeva catuhatthappamāṇā aṭṭha taruṇabodhirukkhā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Rājā taṃ acchariyaṃ disvā aṭṭha taruṇabodhirukkhe setacchattena pūjetvā abhisekaṃ adāsi. Tato ekaṃ bodhirukkhaṃ āgamanakāle mahābodhinā paṭhamapatiṭṭhitokāse jambukolapaṭṭane ropayiṃsu, ekaṃ tavakkabrāhmaṇassa gāmadvāre, ekaṃ thūpārāme, ekaṃ issaranimmānavihāre, ekaṃ paṭhamacetiyaṭṭhāne, ekaṃ cetiyapabbate, ekaṃ rohaṇajanapadamhi kājaragāme, ekaṃ rohaṇajanapadamhiyeva candanagāme. Itaresaṃ catunnaṃ phalānaṃ bījehi jāte dvattiṃsa bodhitaruṇe yojaniyaārāmesu patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
如此,当这棵作为十力者法幢的大菩提树,为了周边岛上居民的利益与安乐,通过子孙相续而得以安立时,阿耨罗王妃与五百位少女及五百位后宫妇女——即与一千位女性一起,在僧伽蜜多长老尼座前出家,不久便与随众一起住立于阿罗汉果。阿栗吒——国王的外甥,也与五百位男子一起,在长老座前出家,不久便与随众一起住立于阿罗汉果。
Evaṃ puttanattuparamparāya samantā dīpavāsīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya patiṭṭhite dasabalassa dhammadhajabhūte mahābodhimhi anuḷā devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehīti mātugāmasahassena saddhiṃ saṅghamittattheriyā santike pabbajitvā nacirasseva saparivārā arahatte patiṭṭhāsi. Ariṭṭhopi kho rañño bhāgineyyo pañcahi purisasatehi saddhiṃ therassa santike pabbajitvā nacirasseva saparivāro arahatte patiṭṭhāsi.
又一日,国王礼敬大菩提树后,与长老同往塔园。行至铜殿所在地时,侍从们献上鲜花。国王将花奉与长老,长老以此花供养铜殿之地。花朵方落于地,大地即大震动。国王问:“尊者,大地因何震动?”长老答:“大王,此处未来将是僧团布萨堂之所在,此乃前兆。”
Athekadivasaṃ rājā mahābodhiṃ vanditvā therena saddhiṃ thūpārāmaṃ gacchati. Tassa lohapāsādaṭṭhānaṃ sampattassa purisā pupphāni abhihariṃsu. Rājā therassa pupphāni adāsi. Thero pupphehi lohapāsādaṭṭhānaṃ pūjesi. Pupphesu bhūmiyaṃ patitamattesu mahābhūmicālo ahosi. Rājā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, bhūmi calitā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Ismiṃ, mahārāja, okāse saṅghassa anāgate uposathāgāraṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti.
国王复与长老同行,抵达芒果园地。彼时有人献上一枚色泽馥郁、味极甘美的熟芒果。国王将其奉与长老受用。长老现场受用后,说道:“便将它种于此地。”国王取过芒果核,就地种下,并浇以水。核方植下,大地便震动。国王问:“尊者,大地因何震动?”长老答:“大王,此处未来将是僧团名为‘芒果园’的集会处,此乃前兆。”
Rājā puna therena saddhiṃ gacchanto ambaṅgaṇaṭṭhānaṃ patto. Tatthassa vaṇṇagandhasampannaṃ atimadhurarasaṃ ekaṃ ambapakkaṃ āharīyittha. Rājā taṃ therassa paribhogatthāya adāsi. Thero tattheva paribhuñjitvā ‘‘idaṃ ettheva ropethā’’ti āha. Rājā taṃ ambaṭṭhiṃ gahetvā tattheva ropetvā udakaṃ āsiñci. Saha ambabījaropanena pathavī akampi. Rājā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampitthā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Imasmiṃ, mahārāja, okāse saṅghassa anāgate ‘ambaṅgaṇaṃ’ nāma sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti.
国王在那里撒下八捧花,礼敬之后,复与长老同行,到达大塔所在地。彼时侍从们献上瞻波迦花,国王将此花奉与长老。长老以花供养大塔所在地,并作礼敬。当下大地便即震动。国王问:“尊者,大地因何震动?”长老答:“大王,此处未来将有一座无与伦比的、属于佛陀世尊的大塔,此乃前兆。”“尊者,便由我来建此塔吧。”“不必了,大王,您尚有诸多事业待成。然大王之孙,名杜吒伽摩尼·阿巴耶者,将兴此塔。”国王遂言:“尊者,若我之孙将来建造,便如我已建一般。”即命人取来一根十二肘高之石柱,刻文曰:“天爱帝须王之孙,名杜吒伽摩尼·阿巴耶者,将于此地建大塔。”立柱礼敬后,国王问长老:“尊者,教法在铜掌岛已安立否?”“大王,教法已立,然其根柢尚未深固。”“尊者,根柢何时方为深固?”“大王,俟有生于铜掌岛、出家于铜掌岛、学律于铜掌岛、并教授律法于铜掌岛之童真比丘时,教法之根柢方为深固。”“尊者,现今有这些比丘否?”“有,大王,大阿栗吒比丘能胜此任。”
Rājā tattha aṭṭha pupphamuṭṭhiyo okiritvā vanditvā puna therena saddhiṃ gacchanto mahācetiyaṭṭhānaṃ patto. Tatthassa purisā campakapupphāni abhihariṃsu. Tāni rājā therassa adāsi. Thero mahācetiyaṭṭhānaṃ pupphehi pūjetvā vandi. Tāvadeva mahāpathavī saṅkampi. Rājā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampitthā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Imasmiṃ, mahārāja, okāse anāgate buddhassa bhagavato asadiso mahāthūpo bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti. ‘‘Ahameva karomi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, mahārāja, tumhākaṃ aññaṃ bahukammaṃ atthi, tumhākaṃ pana nattā duṭṭhagāmaṇī abhayo nāma kāressatī’’ti. Atha rājā ‘‘sace, bhante, mayhaṃ nattā karissati, kataṃyeva mayā’’ti dvādasahatthaṃ pāsāṇatthambhaṃ āharāpetvā ‘‘devānampiyatissassa rañño nattā duṭṭhagāmaṇī abhayo nāma imasmiṃ padese thūpaṃ karotū’’ti akkharāni likhāpetvā patiṭṭhāpetvā vanditvā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘patiṭṭhitaṃ nu kho, bhante, tambapaṇṇidīpe sāsana’’nti? ‘‘Patiṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, sāsanaṃ; mūlāni panassa na tāva otarantī’’ti. ‘‘Kadā pana, bhante mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma bhavissantī’’ti? ‘‘Yadā, mahārāja, tambapaṇṇidīpakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpe jāto dārako tambapaṇṇidīpe pabbajitvā tambapaṇṇidīpamhiyeva vinayaṃ uggahetvā tambapaṇṇidīpe vācessati, tadā sāsanassa mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma bhavissantī’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, bhante, ediso bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, mahārāja, mahāariṭṭho bhikkhu paṭibalo etasmiṃ kamme’’ti. ‘‘Mayā ettha, bhante, kiṃ kattabba’’nti? ‘‘Maṇḍapaṃ, mahārāja, kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā meghavaṇṇābhayassa amaccassa pariveṇaṭṭhāne mahāsaṅgītikāle ajātasattumahārājena katamaṇḍapappakāraṃ rājānubhāvena maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā sabbatāḷāvacare sakasakasippesu payojetvā ‘‘sāsanassa mūlāni otarantāni passissāmī’’ti anekapurisasahassaparivuto thūpārāmaṃ anuppatto.
彼时,六万八千比丘聚集于塔园寺。玛欣德长老的座席朝南铺设,大阿栗吒长老的法座朝北铺设。于是,大阿栗吒长老应玛欣德长老之请,以适宜而从容的次第登上法座。以玛欣德长老为首的六万八千大长老们环坐于法座周围。国王的幼弟——名叫末陀阿巴耶的长老,心想“我当担起重任,学习戒律”,便与五百位比丘一起,也围坐于大阿栗吒长老的法座旁。其余比丘以及包括国王在内的大众,各各就座。
Tena kho pana samayena thūpārāme aṭṭhasaṭṭhi bhikkhusahassāni sannipatiṃsu. Mahāmahindattherassa āsanaṃ dakkhiṇābhimukhaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Mahāariṭṭhattherassa dhammāsanaṃ uttarābhimukhaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Atha kho mahāariṭṭhatthero mahindattherena ajjhiṭṭho attano anurūpena pattānukkamena dhammāsane nisīdi. Mahindattherapamukhā aṭṭhasaṭṭhi mahātherā dhammāsanaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Raññopi kaniṭṭhabhātā mattābhayatthero nāma ‘‘dhuraggāho hutvā vinayaṃ uggaṇhissāmī’’ti pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ mahāariṭṭhattherassa dhammāsanameva parivāretvā nisīdi. Avasesāpi bhikkhū sarājikā ca parisā attano attano pattāsane nisīdiṃsu.
当时,尊者大阿栗吒长老讲述了律藏缘起:“那时,佛陀世尊住于韦兰若的纳利罗普奇曼达树下。”当尊者阿栗吒长老宣说律藏缘起时,空中发出巨大吼声,非时闪电交加,诸天发出善哉之声,大地震动直达水界。在如此众多神变显现之时,尊者阿栗吒长老被以摩诃玛欣德为首的六十八位各僧团的漏尽大长老,以及其他六万八千比丘所围绕,于初迦提迦月自恣日,在塔园寺中央,开示了律藏——这部阐明大师悲德、调伏世尊所教化的身业与语业的律藏。开示之后,他尽其寿量住世,教导众多比丘,令众多人安住于心法之中,最终于无余涅槃界般涅槃。而以摩诃玛欣德等为首的那些大长老,在那次集会中——
Athāyasmā mahāariṭṭhatthero tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharati naḷerupucimandamūleti vinayanidānaṃ abhāsi. Bhāsite ca panāyasmatā ariṭṭhattherena vinayanidāne ākāsaṃ mahāviravaṃ ravi. Akālavijjulatā nicchariṃsu. Devatā sādhukāraṃ adaṃsu. Mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā saṅkampi. Evaṃ anekesu pāṭihāriyesu vattamānesu āyasmā ariṭṭhatthero mahāmahindapamukhehi aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyā paccekagaṇīhi khīṇāsavamahātherehi tadaññehi ca aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusahassehi parivuto paṭhamakattikapavāraṇādivase thūpārāmavihāramajjhe satthu karuṇāguṇadīpakaṃ bhagavato anusiṭṭhikarānaṃ kāyakammavacīkammavipphanditavinayanaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ pakāsesi. Pakāsetvā ca yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhamāno bahūnaṃ vācetvā bahūnaṃ hadaye patiṭṭhāpetvā anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi. Tepi kho mahāmahindappamukhā tasmiṃ samāgame –
诸漏尽者、得自在者,具足三明,善巧神通;
了知最上义已,教导诸王。
示现光明,照亮此大地;
犹如炽燃火聚,诸大圣者般涅槃。”
‘‘Aṭṭhasaṭṭhi mahātherā, dhuraggāhā samāgatā; Paccekagaṇino sabbe, dhammarājassa sāvakā. ‘‘Khīṇāsavā vasippattā, tevijjā iddhikovidā; Uttamatthamabhiññāya, anusāsiṃsu rājino. ‘‘Ālokaṃ dassayitvāna, obhāsetvā mahiṃ imaṃ; Jalitvā aggikkhandhāva, nibbāyiṃsu mahesayo’’.
在他们般涅槃之后的时期,另有一些长老的弟子,如提萨达陀、迦罗苏摩那、长苏摩那等,以及大阿利咤长老的弟子、弟子的弟子,如前述的师承相续,将这部律藏传承至今。是故说:
Tesaṃ parinibbānato aparabhāge aññepi tesaṃ therānaṃ antevāsikā tissadattakāḷasumana-dīghasumanādayo ca mahāariṭṭhattherassa antevāsikā, antevāsikānaṃ antevāsikā cāti evaṃ pubbe vuttappakārā ācariyaparamparā imaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ yāvajjatanā ānesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
自第三结集之后,此法即由玛欣德等长老传来此岛;从玛欣德处受学后,一度由阿利咤长老等传来;从那时起直至今日,便由他们亲传弟子的师承次第辗转传来。
‘‘Tatiyasaṅgahato pana uddhaṃ imaṃ dīpaṃ mahindādīhi ābhataṃ, mahindato uggahetvā kañci kālaṃ ariṭṭhattherādīhi ābhataṃ, tato yāvajjatanā tesaṃyeva antevāsikaparamparabhūtāya ācariyaparamparāya ābhata’’nti.
安立于何处?应知,此法安立于如是之人中:他们对圣典与义理全无减损而传承,犹如置于宝石瓶中的油般丝毫不漏,具足如此增上的念、慧、定、精进,有惭、有愧且乐学。因此,比丘应当察觉此义,为安立律藏而深思律藏学习的功德,持求知之心学习律藏。
Kattha patiṭṭhitanti? Yesaṃ pāḷito ca atthato ca anūnaṃ vattati, maṇighaṭe pakkhittatelamiva īsakampi na paggharati, evarūpesu adhimattasati-gati-dhiti-mantesu lajjīsu kukkuccakesu sikkhākāmesu puggalesu patiṭṭhitanti veditabbaṃ. Tasmā vinayapatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ vinayapariyattiyā ānisaṃsaṃ sallakkhetvā sikkhākāmena bhikkhunā vinayo pariyāpuṇitabbo.
在此,律藏学习的功德如下:精通律藏之人,对于在教法中得信的善家子而言,犹如父母,因为他们的出家、受具足戒、各方面的行持、正行与行处善巧,皆依凭于此。再者,依凭律藏学习,自己的戒蕴得以善加守护、善加保护;成为对有悔疑的比丘们的皈依处;在僧团中可以无畏而语;以正法善巧折伏对手;为令正法久住而行持。因此,世尊说:“诸比丘,这五种是持律者的功德:自己的戒蕴善加守护、善加保护……乃至……为令正法久住而行持。”(《附随》325)
Tatrāyaṃ vinayapariyattiyā ānisaṃso – vinayapariyattikusalo hi puggalo sāsane paṭiladdhasaddhānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ mātāpituṭṭhāniyo hoti, tadāyattā hi nesaṃ pabbajjā upasampadā vattānuvattapaṭipatti ācāragocarakusalatā. Api cassa vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito; kukkuccapakatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti; visārado saṅghamajjhe voharati; paccatthike sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggaṇhāti; saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘pañcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā vinayadhare puggale; attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito…pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hotī’’ti (pari. 325).
再者,世尊所说的那些以律仪为根本的善法,持律者即是其继承者,因为那些法以律为根本。世尊也曾这样说:“律是为了律仪,律仪是为了无悔,无悔是为了喜悦,喜悦是为了喜,喜是为了轻安,轻安是为了乐,乐是为了定,定是为了如实知见,如实知见是为了厌离,厌离是为了离欲,离欲是为了解脱,解脱是为了解脱知见,解脱知见是为了无取著而般涅槃。为此而有言说,为此而有议论,为此而有亲近,为此而有谛听——也就是无取著的心解脱。”(《附随》366)因此,应当致力于律藏的学习。
Ye cāpi saṃvaramūlakā kusalā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, vinayadharo puggalo tesaṃ dāyādo; vinayamūlakattā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ. Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘vinayo saṃvaratthāya, saṃvaro avippaṭisāratthāya, avippaṭisāro pāmojjatthāya, pāmojjaṃ pītatthāya, pīti passaddhatthāya, passaddhi sukhatthāya, sukhaṃ samādhatthāya, samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanatthāya, yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidatthāya, nibbidā virāgatthāya, virāgo vimuttatthāya , vimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanatthāya, vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ anupādāparinibbānatthāya. Etadatthā kathā, etadatthā mantanā, etadatthā upanisā, etadatthaṃ sotāvadhānaṃ – yadidaṃ anupādācittassa vimokkho’’ti (pari. 366). Tasmā vinayapariyattiyā āyogo karaṇīyoti.
至此,在为注释律藏而设立的根本颂目中——
Ettāvatā ca yā sā vinayasaṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ mātikā ṭhapitā tattha –
由谁、在何时、因何故说,由谁持来、由谁传来;
此律安立之处,既说已,次说其法。
‘‘Vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ; Yatthappatiṭṭhitaṃ cetametaṃ, vatvā vidhiṃ tato’’ti.
此偈颂之义已明,律藏外缘起之注释,亦已如理注释圆满。
Imissā tāva gāthāya attho pakāsito vinayassa ca bāhiranidānavaṇṇanā yathādhippāyaṃ saṃvaṇṇitā hotīti.
依据何种保留和原理,这心念成立于何处,依照程序加以说明。』
Tatiyasaṅgītikathā niṭṭhitā.
这几句偈颂阐明了律藏外部起因的梗概,依此适当条理明确加以分类说明。
Bāhiranidānakathā niṭṭhitā.